PR 19264 looping in ppc64_elf_size_stubs
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 245 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
246 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
247 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 248@c
6387924a 249@c man end
a4fb0134 250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 252@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
253@ifset AARCH64
254
255@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
256 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 257 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 258@end ifset
625e1353
RH
259@ifset ALPHA
260
261@emph{Target Alpha options:}
262 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
263 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 264 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
265 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
266 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
267@end ifset
252b5132 268@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
269
270@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
271 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
272 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
273 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 274 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 275 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
276@end ifset
277@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
278
279@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 280@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
281 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
282 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
283 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
284 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 285 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 286 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
287 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
288 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
289 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 290 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 291@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
292@ifset Blackfin
293
294@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
295 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
296 [@b{-mfdpic}]
297 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
298 [@b{-mnopic}]
299@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
300@ifset CRIS
301
302@emph{Target CRIS options:}
303 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
304 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
305 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 306 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
307@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
308@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
309@end ifset
252b5132 310@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D10V options:}
313 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
314@end ifset
315@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
316
317@emph{Target D30V options:}
318 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 319@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
320@ifset EPIPHANY
321
322@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
323 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
324@end ifset
252b5132 325@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
326
327@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
328 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
329@end ifset
330@ifset HPPA
331@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
332@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
333@ifset I80386
334
335@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 336 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 337 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
338@end ifset
339@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
340
341@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 342@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
343 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
344 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
345 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 346@end ifset
587fe2b3 347@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 348
9e32ca89
NC
349@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
350 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
351 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
352 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 353 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 354 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 355 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
356 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
357@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
358@ifset IP2K
359
360@emph{Target IP2K options:}
361 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
362@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
363@ifset M32C
364
365@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 366 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 367@end ifset
587fe2b3 368@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 369
a4fb0134
SC
370@emph{Target M32R options:}
371 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 372 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 373@end ifset
252b5132 374@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
377 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 378@end ifset
60bcf0fa 379@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
380
381@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 382 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
383 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
384 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 385 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
386 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
387 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
388@end ifset
389@ifset MCORE
390
391@emph{Target MCORE options:}
392 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
393 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 394@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
395@ifset METAG
396
397@emph{Target Meta options:}
398 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
399@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
400@ifset MICROBLAZE
401@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
402@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
403@end ifset
252b5132 404@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
405
406@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 407 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 409 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
411 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
412 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 414 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
415 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
416 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 417 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 418 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 421 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 422 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 423 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 424 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 425 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 426 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 427 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 428 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 429 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 430 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 431 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 432 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 433 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 434 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
435 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 437 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 438 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
439@end ifset
440@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
441
442@emph{Target MMIX options:}
443 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
444 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
445 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 446 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 447@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
448@ifset NIOSII
449
450@emph{Target Nios II options:}
451 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
452 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
453@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
454@ifset NDS32
455
456@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
457 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
458 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
459 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
463 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
464 [@b{-mb2bb}]
465@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
466@ifset PDP11
467
468@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
469 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
470 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 471 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
472@end ifset
473@ifset PJ
474
475@emph{Target picoJava options:}
476 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
477@end ifset
478@ifset PPC
479
480@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
481 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
482 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
483 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 484 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 485 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
486 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
487 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 488 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 489 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
490 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
491 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 492 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 493 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 494@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
495@ifset RL78
496
497@emph{Target RL78 options:}
498 [@b{-mg10}]
499 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
500@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
501@ifset RX
502
503@emph{Target RX options:}
504 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 505 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
506 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
507 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
508 [@b{-mpid}]
509 [@b{-mrelax}]
510 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
511 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 512@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
513@ifset S390
514
515@emph{Target s390 options:}
516 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
517 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
518 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
519@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
520@ifset SCORE
521
522@emph{Target SCORE options:}
523 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
524 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
525 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
526 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
527@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
528@ifset SPARC
529
530@emph{Target SPARC options:}
531@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
532 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
533 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
534 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
535 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
536@end ifset
537@ifset TIC54X
538
539@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 540 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
541 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
542@end ifset
40b36596
JM
543@ifset TIC6X
544
545@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
546 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
547 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
548 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 549@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
550@ifset TILEGX
551
552@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 553 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
554@end ifset
555@ifset TILEPRO
556@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
557@end ifset
b6605ddd 558@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 559
b6605ddd
EB
560@emph{Target Visium options:}
561 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
562@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
563@ifset XTENSA
564
565@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
566 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
567 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
568 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
569 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
570 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 571 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 572@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
573@ifset Z80
574
575@emph{Target Z80 options:}
576 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
577 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
578 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
579 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
580 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
581 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
582 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
583@end ifset
a4fb0134 584@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 585
a4fb0134 586@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 587@end ifset
e0001a05 588
0285c67d 589@c man end
252b5132
RH
590@end smallexample
591
0285c67d
NC
592@c man begin OPTIONS
593
a4fb0134 594@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 595@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 596
83f10cb2 597@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
598Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
599
a4fb0134 600@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
601@item -ac
602omit false conditionals
603
604@item -ad
605omit debugging directives
606
83f10cb2
NC
607@item -ag
608include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
609
252b5132
RH
610@item -ah
611include high-level source
612
613@item -al
614include assembly
615
616@item -am
617include macro expansions
618
619@item -an
620omit forms processing
621
622@item -as
623include symbols
624
625@item =file
626set the name of the listing file
627@end table
628
629You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
630listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
631the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
632
caa32fe5 633@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
634Begin in alternate macro mode.
635@ifclear man
636@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
637@end ifclear
caa32fe5 638
955974c6 639@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
640Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
641ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
642linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
643given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 644
151411f8
L
645@ifset ELF
646@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
647@item --compress-debug-sections=none
648@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
649@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
650@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
651These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
652@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
653@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
654@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 655@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 656@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
657@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
658sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
659@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
660@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
661
151411f8
L
662@end ifset
663
955974c6 664@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
665Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
666targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
667override this.
955974c6 668
252b5132
RH
669@item -D
670Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
671other assemblers.
672
3d6b762c
JM
673@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
674When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
675information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
676
252b5132
RH
677@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
678Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
679@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
680indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
681value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
682use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
683
684@item -f
685``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
686compiler output).
687
329e276d
NC
688@item -g
689@itemx --gen-debug
690Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
691debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
692ECOFF or DWARF2.
693
252b5132
RH
694@item --gstabs
695Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
696may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
697
05da4302
NC
698@item --gstabs+
699Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
700extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
701debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
702may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
703the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
704
329e276d 705@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 706Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 707may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 708option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 709
b40bf0a2
NC
710@item --gdwarf-sections
711Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
712.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
713corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
714will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
715@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
716then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
717suffix.
718
b8871f35 719@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
720@item --size-check=error
721@itemx --size-check=warning
722Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
723
b8871f35
L
724@item --elf-stt-common=no
725@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
726These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
727symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
728by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
729@end ifset
730
252b5132
RH
731@item --help
732Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
733
ea20a7da
CC
734@item --target-help
735Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
736
252b5132
RH
737@item -I @var{dir}
738Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
739
740@item -J
741Don't warn about signed overflow.
742
743@item -K
744@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
745This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
746@end ifclear
747@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
748Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
749@end ifset
750
751@item -L
752@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
753Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
754system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
755or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
756@ifclear man
757@xref{Symbol Names}.
758@end ifclear
252b5132 759
c3a27914
NC
760@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
761Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
762listing to @var{number}.
763
764@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
765Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
766lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
767
768@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
769Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
770@var{number} bytes.
771
772@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
773Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
774to @var{number} + 1.
775
252b5132 776@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 777Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
778
779@item -R
780Fold the data section into the text section.
781
d60646b9 782@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
783Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
784@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
785assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
786memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
787requirements at the expense of speed.
788
789@item --reduce-memory-overheads
790This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
791assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
792@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
793
451133ce
NP
794@ifset ELF
795@item --sectname-subst
796Honor substitution sequences in section names.
797@ifclear man
798@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
799@end ifclear
800@end ifset
801
252b5132
RH
802@item --statistics
803Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
804assembly.
805
806@item --strip-local-absolute
807Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
808
809@item -v
810@itemx -version
a4fb0134 811Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
812
813@item --version
a4fb0134 814Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
815
816@item -W
2bdd6cf5 817@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
818Suppress warning messages.
819
2bdd6cf5
GK
820@item --fatal-warnings
821Treat warnings as errors.
822
823@item --warn
824Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
825
252b5132
RH
826@item -w
827Ignored.
828
829@item -x
830Ignored.
831
832@item -Z
833Generate an object file even after errors.
834
835@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
836Standard input, or source files to assemble.
837
838@end table
2a633939
JM
839@c man end
840
a06ea964
NC
841@ifset AARCH64
842
843@ifclear man
844@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
845for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
846@end ifclear
847
848@ifset man
849@c man begin OPTIONS
850The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
85164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
852@c man end
853@c man begin INCLUDE
854@include c-aarch64.texi
855@c ended inside the included file
856@end ifset
857
858@end ifset
859
2a633939
JM
860@ifset ALPHA
861
862@ifclear man
863@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
864for an Alpha processor.
865@end ifclear
866
867@ifset man
868@c man begin OPTIONS
869The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
870processor.
871@c man end
872@c man begin INCLUDE
873@include c-alpha.texi
874@c ended inside the included file
875@end ifset
876
877@end ifset
252b5132 878
2a633939 879@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 880@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
882processor.
252b5132 883
a4fb0134 884@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 885@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
886This option selects the core processor variant.
887@item -EB | -EL
888Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
889@item -mcode-density
890Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
891@end table
892@end ifset
893
894@ifset ARM
895The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
896processor family.
897
a4fb0134 898@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 899@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 900Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 901@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 902Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 903@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 904Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
905@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
906Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
907@item -mthumb
908Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 909@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
910Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
911@item -EB | -EL
912Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
913@item -mthumb-interwork
914Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
915ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
916@item -mccs
917Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
918@item -k
919Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
920@end table
921@end ifset
635fb38d 922@c man end
252b5132 923
9982501a 924@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
925
926@ifclear man
927@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
928configured for the Blackfin processor family.
929@end ifclear
930
931@ifset man
932@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
933The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
934the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
935@c man end
936@c man begin INCLUDE
937@include c-bfin.texi
938@c ended inside the included file
939@end ifset
9982501a 940
9982501a
JZ
941@end ifset
942
635fb38d 943@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
944@ifset CRIS
945See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
946@end ifset
947
252b5132
RH
948@ifset D10V
949The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
950a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 951@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
952@cindex D10V optimization
953@cindex optimization, D10V
954@item -O
955Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
956@end table
957@end ifset
958
959@ifset D30V
960The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
961processor.
a4fb0134 962@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
963@cindex D30V optimization
964@cindex optimization, D30V
965@item -O
966Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
967
968@cindex D30V nops
969@item -n
970Warn when nops are generated.
971
972@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
973@item -N
974Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
975@end table
976@end ifset
731caf76
L
977@c man end
978
cfb8c092
NC
979@ifset EPIPHANY
980The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
981Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
982
56b13185
JR
983@ifclear man
984@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
985configured for an Epiphany processor.
986@end ifclear
cfb8c092 987
56b13185
JR
988@ifset man
989@c man begin OPTIONS
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
991an Epiphany processor.
992@c man end
993@c man begin INCLUDE
994@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
995@c ended inside the included file
996@end ifset
997
998@end ifset
999
1000@ifset H8300
1001
1002@ifclear man
1003@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1004for an H8/300 processor.
1005@end ifclear
1006
1007@ifset man
1008@c man begin OPTIONS
1009The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1010processor.
1011@c man end
1012@c man begin INCLUDE
1013@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1014@c ended inside the included file
1015@end ifset
cfb8c092 1016
cfb8c092
NC
1017@end ifset
1018
731caf76 1019@ifset I80386
252b5132 1020
731caf76
L
1021@ifclear man
1022@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1023configured for an i386 processor.
1024@end ifclear
1025
1026@ifset man
1027@c man begin OPTIONS
1028The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1029an i386 processor.
1030@c man end
1031@c man begin INCLUDE
1032@include c-i386.texi
1033@c ended inside the included file
1034@end ifset
1035
1036@end ifset
1037
1038@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1039@ifset I960
1040The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1041Intel 80960 processor.
1042
a4fb0134 1043@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1044@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1045Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1046
1047@item -b
1048Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1049
1050@item -no-relax
1051Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1052error if necessary.
1053
1054@end table
1055@end ifset
1056
a40cbfa3
NC
1057@ifset IP2K
1058The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1059Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1060
1061@table @gcctabopt
1062
1063@item -mip2022ext
1064Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1065
1066@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1067Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1068just the basic IP2022 ones.
1069
1070@end table
1071@end ifset
1072
49f58d10
JB
1073@ifset M32C
1074The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1075Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1076
1077@table @gcctabopt
1078
1079@item -m32c
1080Assemble M32C instructions.
1081
1082@item -m16c
1083Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1084
c54b5932
DD
1085@item -relax
1086Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1087
1088@item -h-tick-hex
1089Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1090
49f58d10
JB
1091@end table
1092@end ifset
1093
ec694b89
NC
1094@ifset M32R
1095The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1096Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1097
a4fb0134 1098@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1099
1100@item --m32rx
1101Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1102is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1103
1104@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1105Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1106encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1107
1108@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1109Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1110encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1111
1112@end table
1113@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1114
1115@ifset M680X0
1116The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1117Motorola 68000 series.
1118
a4fb0134 1119@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1120
1121@item -l
1122Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1123
0285c67d
NC
1124@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1125@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1126@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1127Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1128is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1129
1130@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1131The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1132The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1133the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1134two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1135coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1136
1137@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1138The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1139unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1140
1141@end table
1142@end ifset
1143
36591ba1
SL
1144@ifset NIOSII
1145
1146@ifclear man
1147@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1148for an Altera Nios II processor.
1149@end ifclear
1150
1151@ifset man
1152@c man begin OPTIONS
1153The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1154Altera Nios II processor.
1155@c man end
1156@c man begin INCLUDE
1157@include c-nios2.texi
1158@c ended inside the included file
1159@end ifset
1160@end ifset
1161
e135f41b
NC
1162@ifset PDP11
1163
1164For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1165see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1166
a4fb0134 1167@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1168@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1169Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1170default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1171
1172@item -mall
1173@itemx -mall-extensions
1174Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1175
1176@item -mno-extensions
1177Disable all instruction set extensions.
1178
1179@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1180Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1181
1182@item -m@var{cpu}
1183Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1184disable all other extensions.
1185
1186@item -m@var{machine}
1187Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1188model, and disable all other extensions.
1189@end table
1190
1191@end ifset
1192
041dd5a9
ILT
1193@ifset PJ
1194The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1195a picoJava processor.
1196
a4fb0134 1197@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1198
1199@cindex PJ endianness
1200@cindex endianness, PJ
1201@cindex big endian output, PJ
1202@item -mb
1203Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1204
1205@cindex little endian output, PJ
1206@item -ml
1207Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1208
1209@end table
1210@end ifset
1211
60bcf0fa
NC
1212@ifset M68HC11
1213The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1214Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1215
a4fb0134 1216@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1217
6927f982 1218@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1219Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1220defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1221
6927f982
NC
1222@item --xgate-ramoffset
1223Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1224XGATE address space.
1225
2f904664
SC
1226@item -mshort
1227Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1228
1229@item -mlong
01642c12 1230Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1231
1232@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1233Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1234
1235@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1236Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1237
1370e33d 1238@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1239Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1240conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1241sub routine.
1242
1370e33d
NC
1243@item -S | --short-branches
1244Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1245when the offset is out of range.
1246
1247@item --strict-direct-mode
1248Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1249when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1250
1251@item --print-insn-syntax
1252Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1253
1254@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1255Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1256
1257@item --generate-example
6927f982 1258Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1259This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1260
1261@end table
1262@end ifset
1263
252b5132 1264@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1265The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1266for the SPARC architecture:
1267
a4fb0134 1268@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1269@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1270@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1271Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1272
1273@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1274@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1275
1276@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1277UltraSPARC extensions.
1278
1279@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1280For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1281equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1282
1283@item -bump
1284Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1285@end table
1286@end ifset
1287
39bec121
TW
1288@ifset TIC54X
1289The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1290architecture.
39bec121 1291
a4fb0134 1292@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1293@item -mfar-mode
1294Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1295extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1296@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1297Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1298@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1299Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1300behaviour in the shell.
1301@end table
1302@end ifset
1303
252b5132
RH
1304@ifset MIPS
1305The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1306a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1307
a4fb0134 1308@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1309@item -G @var{num}
1310This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1311implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1312use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1313
1314@cindex MIPS endianness
1315@cindex endianness, MIPS
1316@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1317@item -EB
1318Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1319
1320@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1321@item -EL
1322Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1323
1324@cindex MIPS ISA
1325@item -mips1
1326@itemx -mips2
1327@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1328@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1329@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1330@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1331@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1332@itemx -mips32r3
1333@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1334@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1335@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1336@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1337@itemx -mips64r3
1338@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1339@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1340Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1341@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1342alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1343@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1344@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1345@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1346@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1347MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1348Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1349MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1350
98508b2a
RS
1351@item -march=@var{cpu}
1352Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1353
1354@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1355Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1356
1357@item -mfix7000
1358@itemx -mno-fix7000
1359Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1360of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1361
a8d14a88
CM
1362@item -mfix-rm7000
1363@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1364Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1365followed by a load instruction.
1366
ecb4347a
DJ
1367@item -mdebug
1368@itemx -no-mdebug
1369Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1370section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1371
dcd410fe
RO
1372@item -mpdr
1373@itemx -mno-pdr
1374Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1375
437ee9d5
TS
1376@item -mgp32
1377@itemx -mfp32
1378The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1379flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1380all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1381and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1382
351cdf24
MF
1383@item -mgp64
1384@itemx -mfp64
1385The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1386flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1387all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1388and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1389
1390@item -mfpxx
1391The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1392this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1393which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
139432 or 64 bits wide.
1395
1396@item -modd-spreg
1397@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1398Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1399registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1400@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1401
437ee9d5
TS
1402@item -mips16
1403@itemx -no-mips16
1404Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1405@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1406turns off this option.
252b5132 1407
df58fc94
RS
1408@item -mmicromips
1409@itemx -mno-micromips
1410Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1411@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1412turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1413at the start of the assembly file.
1414
e16bfa71
TS
1415@item -msmartmips
1416@itemx -mno-smartmips
1417Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1418equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1419@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1420
1f25f5d3
CD
1421@item -mips3d
1422@itemx -no-mips3d
1423Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1424This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1425@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1426
deec1734
CD
1427@item -mdmx
1428@itemx -no-mdmx
1429Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1430This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1431@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1432
2ef2b9ae
CF
1433@item -mdsp
1434@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1435Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1436This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1437@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1438
8b082fb1
TS
1439@item -mdspr2
1440@itemx -mno-dspr2
1441Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1442This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1443This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1444@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1445
8f4f9071
MF
1446@item -mdspr3
1447@itemx -mno-dspr3
1448Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1449This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1450This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1451@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1452
56d438b1
CF
1453@item -mmsa
1454@itemx -mno-msa
1455Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1456This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1457@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1458
7d64c587
AB
1459@item -mxpa
1460@itemx -mno-xpa
1461Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1462This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1463@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1464
ef2e4d86
CF
1465@item -mmt
1466@itemx -mno-mt
1467Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1468This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1469@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1470
dec0624d
MR
1471@item -mmcu
1472@itemx -mno-mcu
1473Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1474This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1475@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1476
833794fc
MR
1477@item -minsn32
1478@itemx -mno-insn32
1479Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1480microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1481instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1482the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1483option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1484start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1485selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1486
437ee9d5
TS
1487@item --construct-floats
1488@itemx --no-construct-floats
1489The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1490double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1491value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1492the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1493selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1494
3bf0dbfb
MR
1495@item --relax-branch
1496@itemx --no-relax-branch
1497The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1498branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1499out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1500
ba92f887
MR
1501@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1502Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1503(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1504
252b5132
RH
1505@cindex emulation
1506@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1507This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1508on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1509removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1510It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1511
1512The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1513@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1514is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1515big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1516preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1517
1518@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1519@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1520the native tools.
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@item --trap
1523@itemx --no-trap
1524@itemx --break
1525@itemx --no-break
1526Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1527@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1528(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1529@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1530break exception.
63486801
L
1531
1532@item -n
a4fb0134 1533When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1534time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1535@end table
1536@end ifset
1537
1538@ifset MCORE
1539The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1540an MCore processor.
1541
a4fb0134 1542@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1543@item -jsri2bsr
1544@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1545Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1546The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1547
1548@item -sifilter
1549@itemx -nosifilter
1550Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1551The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1552
1553@item -relax
1554Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1555
ec694b89
NC
1556@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1557Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1558can be assembled.
1559
1560@item -EB
1561Assemble for a big endian target.
1562
1563@item -EL
1564Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1565
1566@end table
1567@end ifset
a3c62988 1568@c man end
252b5132 1569
a3c62988
NC
1570@ifset METAG
1571
1572@ifclear man
1573@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1574for a Meta processor.
1575@end ifclear
1576
1577@ifset man
1578@c man begin OPTIONS
1579The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1580Meta processor.
1581@c man end
1582@c man begin INCLUDE
1583@include c-metag.texi
1584@c ended inside the included file
1585@end ifset
1586
1587@end ifset
1588
1589@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1590@ifset MMIX
1591See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1592@end ifset
1593
35c08157
KLC
1594@ifset NDS32
1595
1596@ifclear man
1597@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1598for a NDS32 processor.
1599@end ifclear
1600@c ended inside the included file
1601@end ifset
1602
1603@ifset man
1604@c man begin OPTIONS
1605The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1606NDS32 processor.
1607@c man end
1608@c man begin INCLUDE
1609@include c-nds32.texi
1610@c ended inside the included file
1611@end ifset
1612
635fb38d 1613@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1614@ifset PPC
1615
1616@ifclear man
1617@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1618for a PowerPC processor.
1619@end ifclear
1620
1621@ifset man
1622@c man begin OPTIONS
1623The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1624PowerPC processor.
1625@c man end
1626@c man begin INCLUDE
1627@include c-ppc.texi
1628@c ended inside the included file
1629@end ifset
1630
1631@end ifset
1632
635fb38d 1633@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1634@ifset RX
1635See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1636@end ifset
1637
11c19e16
MS
1638@ifset S390
1639The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1640processor family.
1641
1642@table @gcctabopt
1643@item -m31
1644@itemx -m64
1645Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1646@item -mesa
1647@item -mzarch
1648Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1649Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1650@item -march=@var{processor}
1651Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1652@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1653@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1654@item -mregnames
1655@itemx -mno-regnames
1656Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1657@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1658Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1659but evaluates to zero.
1660@end table
1661@end ifset
2a633939 1662@c man end
11c19e16 1663
40b36596 1664@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1665
1666@ifclear man
1667@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1668for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1669@end ifclear
1670
1671@ifset man
1672@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1673The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1674TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1675@c man end
1676@c man begin INCLUDE
1677@include c-tic6x.texi
1678@c ended inside the included file
1679@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1680
1681@end ifset
1682
aa137e4d
NC
1683@ifset TILEGX
1684
1685@ifclear man
1686@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1687for a TILE-Gx processor.
1688@end ifclear
1689
1690@ifset man
1691@c man begin OPTIONS
1692The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1693processor.
1694@c man end
1695@c man begin INCLUDE
1696@include c-tilegx.texi
1697@c ended inside the included file
1698@end ifset
1699
1700@end ifset
1701
b6605ddd
EB
1702@ifset VISIUM
1703
1704@ifclear man
1705@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1706for a Visium processor.
1707@end ifclear
1708
1709@ifset man
1710@c man begin OPTIONS
1711The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1712processor.
1713@c man end
1714@c man begin INCLUDE
1715@include c-visium.texi
1716@c ended inside the included file
1717@end ifset
1718
1719@end ifset
1720
e0001a05 1721@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1722
2d8b84ae
SA
1723@ifclear man
1724@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1725for an Xtensa processor.
1726@end ifclear
1727
1728@ifset man
1729@c man begin OPTIONS
1730The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1731Xtensa processor.
1732@c man end
1733@c man begin INCLUDE
1734@include c-xtensa.texi
1735@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1736@end ifset
1737
2d8b84ae
SA
1738@end ifset
1739
1740@c man begin OPTIONS
1741
3c9b82ba
NC
1742@ifset Z80
1743The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1744a Z80 family processor.
1745@table @gcctabopt
1746@item -z80
1747Assemble for Z80 processor.
1748@item -r800
1749Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1750@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1751@itemx -Wnud
1752Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1753@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1754@itemx -Wnup
1755Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1756@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1757@itemx -Wud
1758Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1759@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1760@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1761Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1762@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1763@itemx -Fud
1764Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1765@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1766@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1767Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1768@end table
1769@end ifset
1770
0285c67d
NC
1771@c man end
1772
252b5132
RH
1773@menu
1774* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1775* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1776* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1777* Command Line:: Command Line
1778* Input Files:: Input Files
1779* Object:: Output (Object) File
1780* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1781@end menu
1782
1783@node Manual
1784@section Structure of this Manual
1785
1786@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1787This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1788@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1789notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1790@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1791
1792@ifclear GENERIC
1793We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1794configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1795@end ifclear
1796@ifset GENERIC
1797This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1798various flavors of the assembler.
1799@end ifset
1800
1801@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1802On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1803to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1804In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1805architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1806mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1807particular architecture.
1808@ifset GENERIC
1809You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1810machine architecture manual for this information.
1811@end ifset
1812@ifclear GENERIC
1813@ifset H8/300
1814For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1815Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1816Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1817@end ifset
252b5132 1818@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1819For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1820see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1821@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1822@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1823@end ifset
1824@ifset Z8000
1825For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1826@end ifset
1827@end ifclear
1828
1829@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1830@ignore
1831Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1832the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1833Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1834computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1835once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1836qualification.
1837
a4fb0134 1838@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1839human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1840computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1841@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1842@end ignore
1843
1844@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1845@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1846@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1847@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1848@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1849@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1850@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1851@c directives).
1852
1853@node GNU Assembler
1854@section The GNU Assembler
1855
0285c67d
NC
1856@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1857
a4fb0134 1858@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1859@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1860This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1861configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1862@end ifclear
1863If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1864should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1865architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1866including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1867@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1868
1869@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1870@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1871@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1872@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1873assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1874machine would assemble.
1875@ifset VAX
1876Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1877@end ifset
1878@ifset M680X0
1879@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1880@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1881This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1882assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1883incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1884@end ifset
1885
0285c67d
NC
1886@c man end
1887
a4fb0134 1888Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1889program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1890@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1891
1892@node Object Formats
1893@section Object File Formats
1894
1895@cindex object file format
1896The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1897object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1898write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1899are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1900Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1901@ifclear GENERIC
1902@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1903For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1904@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1905@end ifclear
1906@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1907@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1908On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1909@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1910@end ifset
1911@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1912On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1913SOM or ELF format object files.
1914@end ifset
1915@end ifclear
1916
1917@node Command Line
1918@section Command Line
1919
1920@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1921
a4fb0134 1922After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1923options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1924before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1925significant.
1926
1927@cindex standard input, as input file
1928@kindex --
1929@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1930explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1931
1932@cindex options, command line
1933Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1934hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1935@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1936option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1937the letter is important. All options are optional.
1938
1939Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1940name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1941with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1942standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1943
1944@smallexample
1945@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1946@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1947@end smallexample
1948
1949@node Input Files
1950@section Input Files
1951
1952@cindex input
1953@cindex source program
1954@cindex files, input
1955We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1956describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1957be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1958doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1959
1960@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1961@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1962The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1963order specified.
1964
0285c67d 1965@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1966Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1967program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1968(The standard input is also a file.)
1969
a4fb0134 1970You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1971names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1972command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1973is taken to be an input file name.
1974
a4fb0134
SC
1975If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1976from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1977may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1978to assemble.
1979
1980Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1981in your command line.
1982
a4fb0134 1983If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1984file.
1985
0285c67d
NC
1986@c man end
1987
252b5132
RH
1988@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1989
1990@cindex input file linenumbers
1991@cindex line numbers, in input files
1992There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1993either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1994number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1995``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1996
1997@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1998to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1999
2000@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2001directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2002error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2003is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2004@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2005@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2006
2007@node Object
2008@section Output (Object) File
2009
2010@cindex object file
2011@cindex output file
2012@kindex a.out
2013@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2014Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2015your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2016is the object file. Its default name is
2017@ifclear BOUT
2018@code{a.out}.
2019@end ifclear
2020@ifset BOUT
2021@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2022@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2023@end ifset
a4fb0134 2024@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2025@end ifset
a4fb0134 2026You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2027object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2028reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2029directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2030possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2031
2032@cindex linker
2033@kindex ld
2034The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2035assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2036the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2037information for the debugger.
2038
2039@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2040@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2041
2042@node Errors
2043@section Error and Warning Messages
2044
0285c67d
NC
2045@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2046
a349d9dd 2047@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2048@cindex warning messages
2049@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2050@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2051file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2052runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2053that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2054grave problem that stops the assembly.
2055
0285c67d
NC
2056@c man end
2057
252b5132
RH
2058@cindex format of warning messages
2059Warning messages have the format
2060
2061@smallexample
2062file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2063@end smallexample
2064
2065@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2066@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2067(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2068(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2069@ifset GENERIC
2070(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2071@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2072have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2073in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2074intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2075
2076Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2077directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2078
2079@smallexample
2080 .file 2 "bar.c"
2081 error_assembler_source
2082 .file "foo.c"
2083 .line 30
2084 error_c_source
2085@end smallexample
2086
2087produces this output:
2088
2089@smallexample
2090 Assembler messages:
2091 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2092 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2093@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2094
2095@cindex format of error messages
2096Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2097
252b5132
RH
2098@smallexample
2099file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2100@end smallexample
72e0b254 2101
252b5132
RH
2102The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2103messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2104because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2105
2106@node Invoking
2107@chapter Command-Line Options
2108
2109@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2110This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2111versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2112for options specific
252b5132 2113@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2114to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2115@end ifclear
2116@ifset GENERIC
2117to particular machine architectures.
2118@end ifset
2119
0285c67d
NC
2120@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2121
c1253627 2122If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2123you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2124The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2125by commas. For example:
2126
2127@smallexample
2128gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2129@end smallexample
2130
2131@noindent
2132This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2133standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2134local symbols in the symbol table).
2135
2136Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2137command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2138(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2139precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2140assembler.)
2141
0285c67d
NC
2142@c man end
2143
252b5132 2144@menu
83f10cb2 2145* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2146* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2147* D:: -D for compatibility
2148* f:: -f to work faster
2149* I:: -I for .include search path
2150@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2151* K:: -K for compatibility
2152@end ifclear
2153@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2154* K:: -K for difference tables
2155@end ifset
2156
ba83aca1 2157* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2158* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2159* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2160* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2161* o:: -o to name the object file
2162* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2163* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2164* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2165* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2166* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2167* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2168@end menu
2169
2170@node a
83f10cb2 2171@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2172
2173@kindex -a
2174@kindex -ac
2175@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2176@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2177@kindex -ah
2178@kindex -al
2179@kindex -an
2180@kindex -as
2181@cindex listings, enabling
2182@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2183
2184These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2185@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2186You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2187@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2188@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2189@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2190High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2191@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2192also.
2193
83f10cb2
NC
2194Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2195information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2196
252b5132
RH
2197Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2198which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2199other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2200omitted from the listing.
2201
2202Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2203listing.
2204
2205Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2206listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2207@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2208@code{.sbttl}.
2209The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2210If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2211listing-control directives have no effect.
2212
2213The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2214@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2215
96e9638b
BW
2216Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2217because it
c3a27914
NC
2218is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2219is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2220directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2221stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2222memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2223
caa32fe5
NC
2224@node alternate
2225@section @option{--alternate}
2226
2227@kindex --alternate
2228Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2229
252b5132 2230@node D
a4fb0134 2231@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2232
2233@kindex -D
2234This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2235likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2236@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2237
2238@node f
a4fb0134 2239@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2240
2241@kindex -f
2242@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2243@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2244@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2245(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2246and comment preprocessing on
2247the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2248,Preprocessing}.
2249
2250@quotation
2251@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2252preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2253not work correctly.
2254@end quotation
2255
2256@node I
c1253627 2257@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2258
2259@kindex -I @var{path}
2260@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2261@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2262@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2263Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2264@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2265directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2266many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2267working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2268searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2269specified (left to right) on the command line.
2270
2271@node K
a4fb0134 2272@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2273
2274@kindex -K
2275@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2276On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2277permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2278where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2279generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2280family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2281alteration on other platforms.
2282@end ifclear
2283
2284@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2285@cindex difference tables, warning
2286@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2287@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2288form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2289You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2290is done.
2291@end ifset
2292
2293@node L
ba83aca1 2294@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2295
2296@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2297@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2298Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2299@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2300called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2301such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2302programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2303notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2304such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2305
2306This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2307in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2308@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2309
c3a27914 2310@node listing
a4fb0134 2311@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2312
2313The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2314@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2315hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2316them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2317directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2318@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2319@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2320@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2321
a4fb0134 2322@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2323@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2324@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2325@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2326Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2327dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2328
2329@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2330@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2331@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2332Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2333a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2334the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2335switch is used the default is to one.
2336
2337@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2338@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2339@cindex Width of source line output
2340Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2341alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2342source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2343
2344@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2345@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2346@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2347Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2348displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2349@end table
2350
252b5132 2351@node M
a4fb0134 2352@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2353
2354@kindex -M
2355@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2356The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2357changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2358compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2359configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2360MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2361information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2362arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2363assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2364
2365The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2366depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2367file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2368individually. These are:
2369
2370@itemize @bullet
2371@item global symbols in common section
2372
2373The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2374Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2375common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2376symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2377symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2378
2379@item complex relocations
2380
2381The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2382relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2383are not support by other object file formats.
2384
2385@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2386
2387The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2388This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2389instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2390script.
2391
2392@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2393
2394The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2395name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2396
2397@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2398
2399The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2400address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2401which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2402not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2403assigned within a linker script.
2404@end itemize
2405
2406There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2407@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2408seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2409
2410@itemize @bullet
2411
2412@item EBCDIC strings
2413
2414EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2415
2416@item packed binary coded decimal
2417
2418Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2419and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2420
2421@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2422
2423The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2424
2425@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2426
2427The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2428
2429@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2430
2431The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2432@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2433relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2434these options serve no purpose.
2435
2436@item @code{OPT} list control options
2437
2438The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2439@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2440@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2441
2442@item other @code{OPT} options
2443
2444The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2445@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2446
2447@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2448
2449The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2450@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2451
2452@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2453
2454The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2455
2456@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2457
2458The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2459
2460@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2461
2462The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2463
2464@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2465
2466The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2467
2468@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2469
2470The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2471
2472@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2473
2474The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2475
2476@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2477
2478The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2479
2480@end itemize
2481
2482@node MD
c1253627 2483@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2484
2485@kindex --MD
2486@cindex dependency tracking
2487@cindex make rules
2488
a4fb0134 2489@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2490file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2491dependencies of the main source file.
2492
2493The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2494
2495This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2496
2497@node o
a4fb0134 2498@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@kindex -o
2501@cindex naming object file
2502@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2503There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2504default it has the name
2505@ifset GENERIC
2506@ifset I960
2507@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2508@end ifset
2509@ifclear I960
2510@file{a.out}.
2511@end ifclear
2512@end ifset
2513@ifclear GENERIC
2514@ifset I960
2515@file{b.out}.
2516@end ifset
2517@ifclear I960
2518@file{a.out}.
2519@end ifclear
2520@end ifclear
2521You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2522object file a different name.
2523
a4fb0134 2524Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2525existing file of the same name.
2526
2527@node R
a4fb0134 2528@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2529
2530@kindex -R
2531@cindex data and text sections, joining
2532@cindex text and data sections, joining
2533@cindex joining text and data sections
2534@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2535@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2536data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2537the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2538section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2539your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2540appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2541
a4fb0134 2542When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2543address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2544data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2545older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2546
c1253627
NC
2547@ifset COFF-ELF
2548When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2549this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2550@samp{.data}.
2551@end ifset
2552
2553@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2554@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2555@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2556@end ifset
2557
2558@node statistics
a4fb0134 2559@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2560
2561@kindex --statistics
2562@cindex statistics, about assembly
2563@cindex time, total for assembly
2564@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2565Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2566@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2567(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2568seconds).
2569
2570@node traditional-format
c1253627 2571@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2572
2573@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2574For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2575from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2576@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2577
2578For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2579@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2580
2581@node v
a4fb0134 2582@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2583
2584@kindex -v
2585@kindex -version
2586@cindex assembler version
2587@cindex version of assembler
2588You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2589option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2590command line.
2591
2592@node W
a4fb0134 2593@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2594
a4fb0134 2595@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2596assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2597cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2598made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2599
c1253627
NC
2600@kindex -W
2601@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2602@cindex suppressing warnings
2603@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2604If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2605This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2606how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2607are still reported.
2608
c1253627 2609@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2610@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2611@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2612If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2613files that generate warnings to be in error.
2614
c1253627 2615@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2616@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2617You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2618causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2619
2620@node Z
a4fb0134 2621@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2622@cindex object file, after errors
2623@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2624After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2625some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2626@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2627option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2628writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2629errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2630
2631@node Syntax
2632@chapter Syntax
2633
2634@cindex machine-independent syntax
2635@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2636This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2637source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2638assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2639@ifclear VAX
2640assembler.
2641@end ifclear
2642@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2643assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2644@end ifset
2645
2646@menu
7c31ae13 2647* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2648* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2649* Comments:: Comments
2650* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2651* Statements:: Statements
2652* Constants:: Constants
2653@end menu
2654
2655@node Preprocessing
2656@section Preprocessing
2657
2658@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2659The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2660@itemize @bullet
2661@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2662@item
2663adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2664the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2665a single space.
2666
2667@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2668@item
2669removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2670appropriate number of newlines.
2671
2672@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2673@item
2674converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2675@end itemize
2676
2677It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2678anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2679do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2680(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2681to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2682@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
bdd582db 2683Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC} .
252b5132
RH
2684
2685Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2686cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2687preprocessed.
2688
2689@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2690@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2691@kindex #NO_APP
2692@kindex #APP
2693If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2694@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2695Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2696specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2697text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2698@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2699@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2700and whitespace.
2701
2702@node Whitespace
2703@section Whitespace
2704
2705@cindex whitespace
2706@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2707Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2708people to read. Unless within character constants
2709(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2710as exactly one space.
2711
2712@node Comments
2713@section Comments
2714
2715@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2716There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2717cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2718
2719Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2720This means you may not nest these comments.
2721
2722@smallexample
2723/*
2724 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2725 is to use this sort of comment.
2726*/
2727
2728/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2729@end smallexample
2730
2731@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2732Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2733considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2734specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2735line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2736line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2737comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2738upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2739@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2740
2741If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2742special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2743to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2744
2745@kindex #
2746@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2747@cindex logical line numbers
2748To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2749special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2750expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2751line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2752new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2753
2754If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2755the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2756
2757@smallexample
2758 # This is an ordinary comment.
2759# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2760 # This is logical line # 36.
2761@end smallexample
2762This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2763of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2764
2765@node Symbol Intro
2766@section Symbols
2767
2768@cindex characters used in symbols
2769@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2770A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2771letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2772@samp{_.$}.
2773@end ifclear
2774@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2775@ifclear GENERIC
2776@ifset H8
2777A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2778letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2779@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2780symbol names.)
2781@end ifset
2782@end ifclear
2783@end ifset
2784@ifset GENERIC
2785On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2786are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2787@end ifset
2788No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2789There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2790are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2791beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2792of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2793
2794Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2795cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2796quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2797backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2798@cindex length of symbols
2799
2800@node Statements
2801@section Statements
2802
2803@cindex statements, structure of
2804@cindex line separator character
2805@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2806
2807A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2808@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2809specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2810target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2811The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2812preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2813exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2814
2815@cindex newline, required at file end
2816@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2817It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2818character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2819
2820An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2821
2822@cindex instructions and directives
2823@cindex directives and instructions
2824@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2825@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2826@c 13feb91.
2827A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2828key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2829symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2830symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2831directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2832a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2833assembles into a machine language instruction.
2834@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2835Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2836recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2837represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2838language.@refill
2839@end ifset
2840
2841@cindex @code{:} (label)
2842@cindex label (@code{:})
2843A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2844Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2845have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2846
2847@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2848For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2849the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2850only one label may be defined on each line.
2851@end ifset
2852
2853@smallexample
2854label: .directive followed by something
2855another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2856 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2857@end smallexample
2858
2859@node Constants
2860@section Constants
2861
2862@cindex constants
2863A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2864inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2865@smallexample
2866@group
2867.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2868.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2869.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2870.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
287195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2872@end group
2873@end smallexample
2874
2875@menu
2876* Characters:: Character Constants
2877* Numbers:: Number Constants
2878@end menu
2879
2880@node Characters
2881@subsection Character Constants
2882
2883@cindex character constants
2884@cindex constants, character
2885There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2886for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2887numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2888@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2889used in arithmetic expressions.
2890
2891@menu
2892* Strings:: Strings
2893* Chars:: Characters
2894@end menu
2895
2896@node Strings
2897@subsubsection Strings
2898
2899@cindex string constants
2900@cindex constants, string
2901A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2902double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2903into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2904a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2905one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2906@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2907(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2908escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2909
2910@cindex escape codes, character
2911@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2912@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2913@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2914@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2915@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2916@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2917@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2918@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2919@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2920@table @kbd
2921@c @item \a
2922@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2923@c
361fa3a4 2924@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2925@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2926@item \b
2927Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2928
2929@c @item \e
2930@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2931@c
361fa3a4 2932@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2933@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2934@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2935Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2936
361fa3a4 2937@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2938@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2939@item \n
2940Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2941
2942@c @item \p
2943@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2944@c
361fa3a4
NC
2945@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2946@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2947@item \r
2948Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2949
2950@c @item \s
2951@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2952@c other assemblers.
2953@c
361fa3a4 2954@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2955@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2956@item \t
2957Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2958
2959@c @item \v
2960@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2961@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2962@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2963@c
361fa3a4 2964@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2965@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2966@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2967An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2968For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2969for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2970
361fa3a4 2971@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2972@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2973@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2974A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2975lower case @code{x} works.
2976
361fa3a4 2977@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2978@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2979@item \\
2980Represents one @samp{\} character.
2981
2982@c @item \'
2983@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2984@c This is needed in single character literals
2985@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2986@c a @samp{'}.
2987@c
361fa3a4 2988@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
2989@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2990@item \"
2991Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2992this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2993
2994@item \ @var{anything-else}
2995Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2996assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2997you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2998interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2999other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3000code and warns you of the fact.
3001@end table
3002
3003Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3004varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3005the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3006compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3007sequence.
3008
3009@node Chars
3010@subsubsection Characters
3011
3012@cindex single character constant
3013@cindex character, single
3014@cindex constant, single character
3015A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
3016followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
3017to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
3018must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3019@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3020grave accent. A newline
3021@ifclear GENERIC
3022@ifclear abnormal-separator
3023(or semicolon @samp{;})
3024@end ifclear
3025@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3026@ifset H8
3027(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3028Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3029@end ifset
3030@end ifset
3031@end ifclear
3032immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3033and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3034constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3035that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3036@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3037
3038@node Numbers
3039@subsection Number Constants
3040
3041@cindex constants, number
3042@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3043@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3044are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3045would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3046integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3047are floating point numbers, described below.
3048
3049@menu
3050* Integers:: Integers
3051* Bignums:: Bignums
3052* Flonums:: Flonums
3053@ifclear GENERIC
3054@ifset I960
3055* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3056@end ifset
3057@end ifclear
3058@end menu
3059
3060@node Integers
3061@subsubsection Integers
3062@cindex integers
3063@cindex constants, integer
3064
3065@cindex binary integers
3066@cindex integers, binary
3067A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3068the binary digits @samp{01}.
3069
3070@cindex octal integers
3071@cindex integers, octal
3072An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3073digits (@samp{01234567}).
3074
3075@cindex decimal integers
3076@cindex integers, decimal
3077A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3078more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3079
3080@cindex hexadecimal integers
3081@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3082A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3083more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3084
3085Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3086the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3087(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3088
3089@node Bignums
3090@subsubsection Bignums
3091
3092@cindex bignums
3093@cindex constants, bignum
3094A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3095except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3096represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3097integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3098
3099@node Flonums
3100@subsubsection Flonums
3101@cindex flonums
3102@cindex floating point numbers
3103@cindex constants, floating point
3104
3105@cindex precision, floating point
3106A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3107indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3108@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3109sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3110to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3111portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3112
3113A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3114@itemize @bullet
3115@item
3116The digit @samp{0}.
3117@ifset HPPA
3118(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3119@end ifset
3120
3121@item
a4fb0134 3122A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3123@ifset GENERIC
3124@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3125@ignore
3126@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3127(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31284.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3129@end ignore
3130
7be1c489 3131On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3132and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3133one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3134
3135On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3136(in upper or lower case).
3137
3138On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3139one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3140
3141On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3142@end ifset
3143@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3144@ifset ARC
3145One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3146@end ifset
3147@ifset H8
3148One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3149@end ifset
3150@ifset HPPA
3151The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3152@end ifset
3153@ifset I960
3154One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3155@end ifset
3156@end ifclear
3157
3158@item
3159An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3160
3161@item
3162An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3163
3164@item
3165An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3166or more decimal digits.
3167
3168@item
3169An optional exponent, consisting of:
3170
3171@itemize @bullet
3172@item
3173An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3174@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3175@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3176@item
3177Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3178@item
3179One or more decimal digits.
3180@end itemize
3181
3182@end itemize
3183
3184At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3185present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3186
a4fb0134 3187@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3188independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3189@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3190
3191@ifclear GENERIC
3192@ifset I960
3193@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3194@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3195@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3196@node Bit Fields
3197@subsubsection Bit Fields
3198
3199@cindex bit fields
3200@cindex constants, bit field
3201You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3202Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3203@example
3204@var{mask}:@var{value}
3205@end example
3206@noindent
a4fb0134 3207@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3208@var{value}.
3209
3210The resulting number is then packed
3211@ifset GENERIC
3212@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3213(in host-dependent byte order)
3214@end ifset
3215into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3216bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3217requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3218more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3219least significant digits.@refill
3220
3221The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3222@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3223@end ifset
3224@end ifclear
3225
3226@node Sections
3227@chapter Sections and Relocation
3228@cindex sections
3229@cindex relocation
3230
3231@menu
3232* Secs Background:: Background
3233* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3234* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3235* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3236* bss:: bss Section
3237@end menu
3238
3239@node Secs Background
3240@section Background
3241
3242Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3243``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3244For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3245
3246@cindex linker, and assembler
3247@cindex assembler, and linker
3248The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3249combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3250emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3251@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3252different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3253oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3254sections.
3255
3256@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3257addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3258units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3259within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3260run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3261the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3262the proper run-time addresses.
3263@ifset H8
7be1c489 3264For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3265@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3266ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3267@end ifset
3268
3269@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3270An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3271of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3272@dfn{bss} sections.
3273
c1253627 3274@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3275@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3276When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3277@end ifset
a4fb0134 3278@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3279using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3280If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3281or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3282@end ifset
3283
3284@ifset HPPA
3285@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3286When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3287@end ifset
a4fb0134 3288@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3289specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3290@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3291(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3292assembler directives.
3293
3294@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3295Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3296text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3297is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3298BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3299@end ifset
3300@end ifset
3301
3302Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3303data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3304
3305@ifset HPPA
3306When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3307section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3308@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3309@end ifset
3310
3311To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3312relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3313object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3314@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3315file is mentioned:
3316@itemize @bullet
3317@item
3318Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3319an address?
3320@item
3321How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3322@item
3323Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3324@display
3325(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3326@end display
3327@item
3328Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3329@end itemize
3330
3331@cindex addresses, format of
3332@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3333In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3334@display
3335(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3336@end display
3337@noindent
a4fb0134 3338Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3339nature.
3340@ifset SOM
3341(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3342symbol-relative instead.)
3343@end ifset
3344
3345In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3346@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3347
3348Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3349@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3350addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3351@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3352@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3353data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3354their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3355part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3356address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3357
3358The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3359address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3360rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3361Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3362address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3363common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3364time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3365
3366By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3367the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3368sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3369customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3370the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3371data and bss sections.
3372
3373Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3374use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3375
3376@node Ld Sections
3377@section Linker Sections
3378@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3379
3380@table @strong
3381
c1253627 3382@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3383@cindex named sections
3384@cindex sections, named
3385@item named sections
3386@end ifset
3387@ifset aout-bout
3388@cindex text section
3389@cindex data section
3390@itemx text section
3391@itemx data section
3392@end ifset
a4fb0134 3393These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3394separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3395true of another.
3396@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3397When the program is running, however, it is
3398customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3399text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3400instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3401program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3402in the data section.
c1253627 3403@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3404
3405@cindex bss section
3406@item bss section
3407This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3408is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3409each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3410out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3411bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3412those explicit zeros from object files.
3413
3414@cindex absolute section
3415@item absolute section
3416Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3417This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3418not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3419addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3420
3421@cindex undefined section
3422@item undefined section
3423This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3424the preceding sections.
3425@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3426@end table
3427
3428@cindex relocation example
3429An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3430@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3431The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3432@end ifset
3433Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3434
3435@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3436@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3437@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3438@smallexample
3439 +-----+----+--+
3440partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3441 +-----+----+--+
3442
3443 text data bss
3444 seg. seg. seg.
3445
3446 +---+---+---+
3447partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3448 +---+---+---+
3449
3450 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3451linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3452 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3453
3454 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3455@end smallexample
3456@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3457@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3458@need 5000
3459@tex
c1253627 3460\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3461\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3462\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3463\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3464
3465\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3466\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3467\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3468
3469\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3470\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3471\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3472ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3473DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3474
3475\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3476\line{0\dots\hfil}
3477
3478@end tex
3479@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3480
3481@node As Sections
3482@section Assembler Internal Sections
3483
3484@cindex internal assembler sections
3485@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3486These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3487have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3488sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3489warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3490meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3491value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3492section-relative address.
3493
3494@table @b
3495@cindex assembler internal logic error
3496@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3497An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3498bug in the assembler.
3499
3500@cindex expr (internal section)
3501@item expr section
3502The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3503symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3504it in the expr section.
3505@c FIXME item debug
3506@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3507@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3508@c FIXME item register
3509@end table
3510
3511@node Sub-Sections
3512@section Sub-Sections
3513
3514@cindex numbered subsections
3515@cindex grouping data
3516@ifset aout-bout
3517Assembled bytes
c1253627 3518@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3519conventionally
3520@end ifset
3521fall into two sections: text and data.
3522@end ifset
3523You may have separate groups of
3524@ifset GENERIC
3525data in named sections
3526@end ifset
3527@ifclear GENERIC
3528@ifclear aout-bout
3529data in named sections
3530@end ifclear
3531@ifset aout-bout
3532text or data
3533@end ifset
3534@end ifclear
3535that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3536are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3537use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3538numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3539same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3540subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3541section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3542assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3543section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3544constants being output.
3545
3546Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3547goes in subsection number zero.
3548
3549@ifset GENERIC
3550Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3551(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3552of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3553@end ifset
3554@ifclear GENERIC
3555@ifset H8
7be1c489 3556On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3557boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3558The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3559@end ifset
3560@ifset I960
3561@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3562@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3563@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3564@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3565@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3566@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3567@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3568@end ifclear
3569
3570Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3571to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3572The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3573other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3574They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3575data subsections as a data section.
3576
3577To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3578into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3579@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3580@ifset COFF
252b5132 3581@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3582When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3583@end ifset
3584@ifclear GENERIC
3585You
3586@end ifclear
3587can also use an extra subsection
3588argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3589@var{expression}}.
3590@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3591@ifset ELF
3592@ifset GENERIC
3593When generating ELF output, you
3594@end ifset
3595@ifclear GENERIC
3596You
3597@end ifclear
3598can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3599to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3600@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3601@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3602(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3603is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3604begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3605@smallexample
3606.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3607.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3608.text 1
3609.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3610.data 0
3611.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3612.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3613.text 0
3614.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3615.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3616@end smallexample
3617
3618Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3619assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3620restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3621counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3622@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3623current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3624assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3625
3626@node bss
3627@section bss Section
3628
3629@cindex bss section
3630@cindex common variable storage
3631The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3632You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3633not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3634your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3635section are zeroed bytes.
3636
3637The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3638@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3639
3640The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3641another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3642
3643@ifset GENERIC
3644When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3645COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3646see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3647section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3648@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3649@end ifset
3650
3651@node Symbols
3652@chapter Symbols
3653
3654@cindex symbols
3655Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3656things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3657to debug.
3658
3659@quotation
3660@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3661@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3662the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3663@end quotation
3664
3665@menu
3666* Labels:: Labels
3667* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3668* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3669* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3670* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3671@end menu
3672
3673@node Labels
3674@section Labels
3675
3676@cindex labels
3677A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3678@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3679active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3680operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3681different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3682definitions.
3683
3684@ifset HPPA
3685On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3686colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3687a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3688provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3689@end ifset
3690
3691@node Setting Symbols
3692@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3693
3694@cindex assigning values to symbols
3695@cindex symbol values, assigning
3696A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3697by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3698(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3699directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3700equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3701@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3702
f8739b83
JZ
3703@ifset Blackfin
3704Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3705@end ifset
3706
252b5132
RH
3707@node Symbol Names
3708@section Symbol Names
3709
3710@cindex symbol names
3711@cindex names, symbol
3712@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3713Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3714machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3715noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3716string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3717particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3718@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3719@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3720@ifset H8
3721Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3722Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3723character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3724on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3725@end ifset
3726@end ifset
3727
3728Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3729than @code{Foo}.
3730
ed1fcdd1
NC
3731Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3732Local Labels. See below.
3733
7bfd842d
NC
3734Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3735multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3736@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3737currently supported.
3738
252b5132
RH
3739Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3740refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3741in a program.
3742
3743@subheading Local Symbol Names
3744
3745@cindex local symbol names
3746@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3747A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3748By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3749@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3750set of local label prefixes.
3751@ifset HPPA
3752On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3753@end ifset
3754
3755Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3756normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3757You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3758to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3759
3760@subheading Local Labels
3761
3762@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3763@cindex temporary symbol names
3764@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3765Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3766programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3767be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3768referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3769the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3770To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3771@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3772to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3773stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3774
3775There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3776too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3777the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3778defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3779definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3780noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3781implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3782
3783Here is an example:
3784
3785@smallexample
37861: branch 1f
37872: branch 1b
37881: branch 2f
37892: branch 1b
3790@end smallexample
3791
3792Which is the equivalent of:
3793
3794@smallexample
3795label_1: branch label_3
3796label_2: branch label_1
3797label_3: branch label_4
3798label_4: branch label_3
3799@end smallexample
3800
ba83aca1 3801Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3802transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3803The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3804are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3805these parts:
252b5132
RH
3806
3807@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3808@item @emph{local label prefix}
3809All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3810Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3811that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3812used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3813@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3814object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3815you may use them in debugging.
3816
2d5aaba0
NC
3817@item @var{number}
3818This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3819label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3820
2d5aaba0
NC
3821@item @kbd{C-B}
3822This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3823of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3824
3825@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3826This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3827@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3828number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3829the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3830@end table
3831
ba83aca1
BW
3832So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3833the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3834
3835@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3836@cindex dollar local symbols
3837
ed1fcdd1
NC
3838On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3839local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3840become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3841valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3842by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3843by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3844
3845Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3846except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3847@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3848
3849They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3850names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3851to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3852@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3853
3854@node Dot
3855@section The Special Dot Symbol
3856
3857@cindex dot (symbol)
3858@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3859@cindex current address
3860@cindex location counter
3861The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3862@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3863.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3864Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3865directive.
252b5132 3866@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3867Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3868@samp{.space 4}.
3869@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3870
3871@node Symbol Attributes
3872@section Symbol Attributes
3873
3874@cindex symbol attributes
3875@cindex attributes, symbol
3876Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3877``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3878attributes.
3879@ifset INTERNALS
3880The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3881@end ifset
3882
a4fb0134 3883If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3884all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3885symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3886would want.
3887
3888@menu
3889* Symbol Value:: Value
3890* Symbol Type:: Type
3891@ifset aout-bout
3892@ifset GENERIC
3893* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3894@end ifset
3895@ifclear GENERIC
3896@ifclear BOUT
3897* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3898@end ifclear
3899@ifset BOUT
3900* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3901@end ifset
3902@end ifclear
3903@end ifset
3904@ifset COFF
3905* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3906@end ifset
3907@ifset SOM
3908* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3909@end ifset
3910@end menu
3911
3912@node Symbol Value
3913@subsection Value
3914
3915@cindex value of a symbol
3916@cindex symbol value
3917The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3918location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3919number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3920Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3921as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3922symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3923called absolute.
3924
3925The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39260 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3927@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3928same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3929name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3930common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3931bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3932allocated storage.
3933
3934@node Symbol Type
3935@subsection Type
3936
3937@cindex type of a symbol
3938@cindex symbol type
3939The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3940information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3941(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3942format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3943
3944@ifset aout-bout
3945@ifclear GENERIC
3946@ifset BOUT
3947@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3948@c better if it were available outside examples.
3949@need 1000
3950@node a.out Symbols
3951@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3952
3953@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3954@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3955These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3956one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3957@code{b.out}.
3958
3959@end ifset
3960@ifclear BOUT
3961@node a.out Symbols
3962@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3963
3964@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3965@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3966
3967@end ifclear
3968@end ifclear
3969@ifset GENERIC
3970@node a.out Symbols
3971@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3972
3973@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3974@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3975
3976@end ifset
3977@menu
3978* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3979* Symbol Other:: Other
3980@end menu
3981
3982@node Symbol Desc
3983@subsubsection Descriptor
3984
3985@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3986This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3987descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3988(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3989@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3990
3991@node Symbol Other
3992@subsubsection Other
3993
3994@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3995This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3996@end ifset
3997
3998@ifset COFF
3999@node COFF Symbols
4000@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4001
4002@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4003@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4004
4005The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4006like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4007@code{.endef} directives.
4008
4009@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4010
4011@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4012The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4013respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4014
4015@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4016
4017@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4018The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4019@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4020table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4021@end ifset
4022
4023@ifset SOM
4024@node SOM Symbols
4025@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4026
4027@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4028@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4029
4030The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4031the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4032
01642c12 4033The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4034Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4035@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4036@end ifset
4037
4038@node Expressions
4039@chapter Expressions
4040
4041@cindex expressions
4042@cindex addresses
4043@cindex numeric values
4044An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4045Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4046
4047The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4048a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4049enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4050section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4051the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4052@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4053
4054@menu
4055* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4056* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4057@end menu
4058
4059@node Empty Exprs
4060@section Empty Expressions
4061
4062@cindex empty expressions
4063@cindex expressions, empty
4064An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4065Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4066expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4067is compatible with other assemblers.
4068
4069@node Integer Exprs
4070@section Integer Expressions
4071
4072@cindex integer expressions
4073@cindex expressions, integer
4074An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4075by @emph{operators}.
4076
4077@menu
4078* Arguments:: Arguments
4079* Operators:: Operators
4080* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4081* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4082@end menu
4083
4084@node Arguments
4085@subsection Arguments
4086
4087@cindex expression arguments
4088@cindex arguments in expressions
4089@cindex operands in expressions
4090@cindex arithmetic operands
4091@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4092contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4093this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4094the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4095expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4096instruction operands.
4097
4098Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4099@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4100or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4101integer.
4102
4103Numbers are usually integers.
4104
4105A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4106that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4107these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4108instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4109assemblers.
4110
4111@cindex subexpressions
4112Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4113expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4114operator followed by an argument.
4115
4116@node Operators
4117@subsection Operators
4118
4119@cindex operators, in expressions
4120@cindex arithmetic functions
4121@cindex functions, in expressions
4122@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4123operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4124between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4125whitespace.
4126
4127@node Prefix Ops
4128@subsection Prefix Operator
4129
4130@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4131@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4132one argument, which must be absolute.
4133
4134@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4135@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4136@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4137@tex
4138\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4139@end tex
4140
4141@table @code
4142@item -
4143@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4144@item ~
4145@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4146@end table
4147
4148@tex
4149\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4150@end tex
4151
4152@node Infix Ops
4153@subsection Infix Operators
4154
4155@cindex infix operators
4156@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4157@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4158have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4159to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4160absolute, and the result is absolute.
4161
4162@enumerate
4163@cindex operator precedence
4164@cindex precedence of operators
4165
4166@item
4167Highest Precedence
4168
4169@table @code
4170@item *
4171@dfn{Multiplication}.
4172
4173@item /
4174@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4175
4176@item %
4177@dfn{Remainder}.
4178
d1eac9d9 4179@item <<
252b5132
RH
4180@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4181
d1eac9d9 4182@item >>
252b5132
RH
4183@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4184@end table
4185
4186@item
4187Intermediate precedence
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item |
4191
4192@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4193
4194@item &
4195@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4196
4197@item ^
4198@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4199
4200@item !
4201@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4202@end table
4203
4204@item
b131d4dc 4205Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4206
4207@table @code
4208@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4209@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4210@cindex arguments for addition
4211@item +
4212@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4213the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4214sections.
4215
4216@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4217@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4218@cindex arguments for subtraction
4219@item -
4220@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4221result has the section of the left argument.
4222If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4223You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4224@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4225
4226@cindex comparison expressions
4227@cindex expressions, comparison
4228@item ==
4229@dfn{Is Equal To}
4230@item <>
723a8472 4231@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4232@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4233@item <
4234@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4235@item >
b131d4dc 4236@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4237@item >=
b131d4dc 4238@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4239@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4240@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4241
4242The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4243value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4244perform signed comparisons.
4245@end table
4246
4247@item Lowest Precedence
4248
4249@table @code
4250@item &&
4251@dfn{Logical And}.
4252
4253@item ||
4254@dfn{Logical Or}.
4255
4256These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4257expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4258value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4259or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4260
252b5132
RH
4261@end table
4262@end enumerate
4263
4264In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4265address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4266
4267@node Pseudo Ops
4268@chapter Assembler Directives
4269
4270@cindex directives, machine independent
4271@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4272@cindex machine independent directives
4273All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4274The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4275in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4276
4277This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4278target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4279@ifset GENERIC
4280Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4281@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4282@end ifset
4283@ifclear GENERIC
4284@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4285@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4286@end ifset
4287@end ifclear
4288
4289@menu
4290* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4291@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4292* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4293@end ifset
f0dc282c 4294
252b5132 4295* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4296* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4297* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4298* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4299* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4300* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4301* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4302* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4303* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4304* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4305@ifset COFF
4306* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4307@end ifset
4308@ifset aout-bout
4309* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4310@end ifset
4311@ifset COFF
4312* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4313@end ifset
f0dc282c 4314
252b5132
RH
4315* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4316* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4317* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4318* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4319* End:: @code{.end}
4320@ifset COFF
4321* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4322@end ifset
f0dc282c 4323
252b5132
RH
4324* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4325* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4326* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4327* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4328* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4329* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4330* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4331* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4332* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4333* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4334* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4335* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4336* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4337* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4338* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4339@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4340* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4341* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4342@end ifset
f0dc282c 4343
252b5132
RH
4344* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4345* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4346* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4347* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4348* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4349* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4350@ifset ELF
4351* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4352@end ifset
f0dc282c 4353
252b5132
RH
4354* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4355* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4356* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4357* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4358@ifclear no-line-dir
4359* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4360@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4363* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4364* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4365* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4366* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4367@ifset ELF
4368* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4369@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4370
252b5132
RH
4371* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4372@ignore
4373* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4374@end ignore
f0dc282c 4375
252b5132
RH
4376* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4377* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4378* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4379* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4380* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4381* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4382* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4383* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4384@ifset ELF
4385* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4386* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4387@end ifset
f0dc282c 4388
252b5132 4389* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4390@ifset ELF
4391* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4392@end ifset
f0dc282c 4393
252b5132
RH
4394* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4395* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4396@ifset ELF
4397* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4398@end ifset
f0dc282c 4399
252b5132 4400* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4401* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4402* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4403* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4404@ifset COFF
4405* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4406@end ifset
4407@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4408* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4409@end ifset
f0dc282c 4410
252b5132
RH
4411* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4412* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4413* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4414@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4415* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4416@end ifset
884f0d36 4417@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4418* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4419@end ifclear
4420
252b5132 4421* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4422@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4423* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4424@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4425@ifset have-stabs
4426* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4427@end ifset
f0dc282c 4428
38a57ae7 4429* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4430* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4431@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4432* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4433* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4434@end ifset
f0dc282c 4435
252b5132
RH
4436@ifset COFF
4437* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4438@end ifset
f0dc282c 4439
252b5132
RH
4440* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4441* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4442@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4443* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4444@end ifset
4445
c91d2e08 4446* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4447@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4448* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4449@end ifset
f0dc282c 4450
2e13b764 4451@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4452* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4453* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4454* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4455@end ifset
f0dc282c 4456
d190d046 4457* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4458* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4459* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4460* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4461@ifclear no-space-dir
4462* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4463@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4464* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4465@end menu
4466
4467@node Abort
4468@section @code{.abort}
4469
4470@cindex @code{abort} directive
4471@cindex stopping the assembly
4472This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4473compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4474assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4475of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4476quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4477
4478@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4479@node ABORT (COFF)
4480@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4481
4482@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4483When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4484synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4485
4486@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4487When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4488but ignores it.
4489@end ifset
4490@end ifset
4491
4492@node Align
4493@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4494
4495@cindex padding the location counter
4496@cindex @code{align} directive
4497Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4498boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4499required, as described below.
4500
4501The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4502padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4503padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4504marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4505with no-op instructions.
4506
4507The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4508it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4509directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4510specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4511fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4512required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4513with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4514
4515The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4516For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4517s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4518alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4519the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4520is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4521first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4522
9e9a9798 4523For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4524strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4525number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4526advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4527counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4528multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4529
4530This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4531native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4532GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4533described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4534architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4535
ccf8a69b
BW
4536@node Altmacro
4537@section @code{.altmacro}
4538Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4539
4540@ftable @code
4541@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4542One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4543generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4544replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4545replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4546separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4547define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4548
4549@item String delimiters
4550You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4551@code{"@var{string}"}:
4552
4553@table @code
4554@item '@var{string}'
4555You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4556
4557@item <@var{string}>
4558You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4559@end table
4560
4561@item single-character string escape
4562To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4563character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4564character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4565write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4566
4567@item Expression results as strings
4568You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4569and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4570@end ftable
4571
252b5132
RH
4572@node Ascii
4573@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4574
4575@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4576@cindex string literals
4577@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4578separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4579trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4580
4581@node Asciz
4582@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4583
4584@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4585@cindex zero-terminated strings
4586@cindex null-terminated strings
4587@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4588a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4589
4590@node Balign
4591@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4592
4593@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4594@cindex @code{balign} directive
4595Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4596storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4597alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4598the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4599is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4600
4601The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4602padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4603padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4604marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4605with no-op instructions.
4606
4607The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4608it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4609directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4610specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4611fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4612required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4613with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4614
4615@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4616@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4617The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4618@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4619pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4620fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46214,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4622filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4623the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4624undefined.
4625
fa94de6b 4626@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4627@section Bundle directives
4628@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4629@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4630@cindex bundle
4631@cindex instruction bundle
4632@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4633@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4634bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4635into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4636disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4637gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4638@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4639
4640For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4641certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4642instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4643@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4644chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4645effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4646instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4647that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4648end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4649starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4650instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4651
d3b47e2b 4652@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4653@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4654@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4655The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4656allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4657are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4658aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4659@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4660directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4661
4662@cindex bundle-locked
4663For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4664appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4665instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4666and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4667instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4668sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4669@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4670entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4671boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4672first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4673aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4674bundle size.
4675
d416e51d
RM
4676For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4677inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4678nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4679@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4680matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4681same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4682
252b5132
RH
4683@node Byte
4684@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4685
4686@cindex @code{byte} directive
4687@cindex integers, one byte
4688@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4689Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4690
54cfded0 4691@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4692@section CFI directives
4693@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4694@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4695@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4696should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4697If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4698if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4699To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4700directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4701
2f0c68f2
CM
4702On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4703by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4704
bd5608dc
NC
4705Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4706which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4707
4708The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4709arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4710generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4711redefine it will result in an error.
4712
d3b47e2b 4713@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4714@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4715@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4716should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4717data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4718@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4719
01642c12 4720Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4721it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4722
d3b47e2b 4723@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4724@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4725@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4726unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4727@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4728
d3b47e2b 4729@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4730@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4731@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4732@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4733should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4734argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4735a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4736the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4737can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4738The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4739no personality routine.
4740
2f0c68f2
CM
4741@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4742@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4743@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4744defined in a compact unwinding format.
4745Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4746with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4747
4748@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4749@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4750@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4751used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4752@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4753in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4754Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4755with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4756
d3b47e2b 4757@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4758@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4759@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4760should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4761argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4762or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4763meaning that no LSDA is present.
4764
4765@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4766@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4767switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4768Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4769Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4770with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4771
4772The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4773so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4774referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4775in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4776by a section directive.
4777
4778The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4779The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4780@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4781
d3b47e2b 4782@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4783@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4784address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4785
d3b47e2b 4786@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4787@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4788now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4789remains the same.
4790
d3b47e2b 4791@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4792@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4793remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4794absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4795CFA address.
4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4798Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4799value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4800
d3b47e2b 4801@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4802Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4803CFA.
54cfded0 4804
d3b47e2b 4805@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4806Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4807the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4808using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4809This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4810code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4811
d3b47e2b 4812@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4813Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4816@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4817same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4818instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4819
d3b47e2b 4820@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4821From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4822
d3b47e2b 4823@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4824Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4825i.e. no restoration needed.
4826
48eac74c
MG
4827@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4828@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4829implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4830places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4831multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4832flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4833the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4834
4835@smallexample
4836 je label
4837 popq %rbx
4838 .cfi_restore %rbx
4839 popq %r12
4840 .cfi_restore %r12
4841 popq %rbp
4842 .cfi_restore %rbp
4843 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4844 ret
4845label:
4846 /* Do something else */
4847@end smallexample
4848
4849Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4850to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4851@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4852locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4853@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4854we can write:
4855
4856@smallexample
4857 je label
4858 popq %rbx
4859 .cfi_remember_state
4860 .cfi_restore %rbx
4861 popq %r12
4862 .cfi_restore %r12
4863 popq %rbp
4864 .cfi_restore %rbp
4865 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4866 ret
4867label:
4868 .cfi_restore_state
4869 /* Do something else */
4870@end smallexample
4871
4872That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4873as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4874@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4875
d3b47e2b 4876@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4877Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4878directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4879
d3b47e2b 4880@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4881Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4882
d3b47e2b 4883@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4884SPARC register window has been saved.
4885
d3b47e2b 4886@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4887Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4888might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4889opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4890
d3b47e2b 4891@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4892The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4893will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4894description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4895
4896The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4897limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4898mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4899by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4900or another register.
4901
ccf8a69b
BW
4902@node Comm
4903@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4904
ccf8a69b
BW
4905@cindex @code{comm} directive
4906@cindex symbol, common
4907@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4908common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4909of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4910definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4911allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4912absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4913the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4914using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4915
c1711530
DK
4916@ifset COFF-ELF
4917When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4918an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4919specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4920that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4921as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4922boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4923power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4924common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4925alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4926largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4927maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4928is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4929@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4930multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4931It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4932(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4933@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4934
ccf8a69b
BW
4935@ifset HPPA
4936The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4937@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4938@end ifset
07a53e5c 4939
252b5132
RH
4940@node Data
4941@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4942
4943@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4944@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4945end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4946absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4947to zero.
4948
4949@ifset COFF
4950@node Def
4951@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4952
4953@cindex @code{def} directive
4954@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4955@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4956Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4957definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4958@ifset BOUT
4959
a4fb0134 4960This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4961format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4962but ignored.
4963@end ifset
4964@end ifset
4965
4966@ifset aout-bout
4967@node Desc
4968@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4969
4970@cindex @code{desc} directive
4971@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4972@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4973This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4974to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4975
4976@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4977The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4978configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4979object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4980it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4981@end ifset
4982@end ifset
4983
4984@ifset COFF
4985@node Dim
4986@section @code{.dim}
4987
4988@cindex @code{dim} directive
4989@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4990@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4991This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4992information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4993@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4994@ifset BOUT
4995
4996@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4997@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4998ignores it.
4999@end ifset
5000@end ifset
5001
5002@node Double
5003@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5004
5005@cindex @code{double} directive
5006@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5007@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5008assembles floating point numbers.
5009@ifset GENERIC
5010The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5011@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5012@end ifset
5013@ifclear GENERIC
5014@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5015On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5016in @sc{ieee} format.
5017@end ifset
5018@end ifclear
5019
5020@node Eject
5021@section @code{.eject}
5022
5023@cindex @code{eject} directive
5024@cindex new page, in listings
5025@cindex page, in listings
5026@cindex listing control: new page
5027Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5028
5029@node Else
5030@section @code{.else}
5031
5032@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5033@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5034assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5035of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5036was false.
5037
3fd9f047
TW
5038@node Elseif
5039@section @code{.elseif}
5040
5041@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5042@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5043assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5044@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5045
252b5132
RH
5046@node End
5047@section @code{.end}
5048
5049@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5050@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5051process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5052
5053@ifset COFF
5054@node Endef
5055@section @code{.endef}
5056
5057@cindex @code{endef} directive
5058This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5059@code{.def}.
5060@ifset BOUT
5061
5062@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5063@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5064directive but ignores it.
5065@end ifset
5066@end ifset
5067
5068@node Endfunc
5069@section @code{.endfunc}
5070@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5071@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5072
5073@node Endif
5074@section @code{.endif}
5075
5076@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5077@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5078it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5079conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5080
5081@node Equ
5082@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5083
5084@cindex @code{equ} directive
5085@cindex assigning values to symbols
5086@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5087This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5088It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5089
5090@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5091The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5092@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5093@end ifset
5094
3c9b82ba 5095@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5096The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5097@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5098On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5099but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5100Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5101@end ifset
5102
252b5132
RH
5103@node Equiv
5104@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5105@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5106The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5107the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5108symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5109undefined.
252b5132 5110
01642c12 5111Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5112@smallexample
5113.ifdef SYM
5114.err
5115.endif
5116.equ SYM,VAL
5117@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5118plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5119
5120@node Eqv
5121@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5122@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5123The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5124evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5125the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5126value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5127
5128@node Err
5129@section @code{.err}
5130@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5131If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5132message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5133object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5134
d190d046
HPN
5135@node Error
5136@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5137@cindex error directive
5138
5139Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5140string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5141message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5142@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5143
5144@smallexample
5145 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5146@end smallexample
5147
252b5132
RH
5148@node Exitm
5149@section @code{.exitm}
5150Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5151
5152@node Extern
5153@section @code{.extern}
5154
5155@cindex @code{extern} directive
5156@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5157with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5158all undefined symbols as external.
5159
5160@node Fail
5161@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5162
5163@cindex @code{fail} directive
5164Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5165or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5166than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5167include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5168complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5169
252b5132 5170@node File
14082c76 5171@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5172@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5173
5174@ifclear no-file-dir
5175There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5176that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5177@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5178
5179@subheading Default Version
5180
252b5132
RH
5181@cindex logical file name
5182@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5183This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5184are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5185
5186@smallexample
5187.file @var{string}
5188@end smallexample
5189
5190@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5191recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5192to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5193statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5194old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5195
5196@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5197@end ifclear
5198
14082c76
BW
5199When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5200to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5201
5202@smallexample
5203.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5204@end smallexample
5205
5206The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5207index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5208literal.
5209
5210The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5211table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5212information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5213entries will have.
5214
252b5132
RH
5215@node Fill
5216@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5217
5218@cindex @code{fill} directive
5219@cindex writing patterns in memory
5220@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5221@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5222This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5223may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5224more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5225other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5226is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5227zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5228byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5229Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5230@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5231compatible with other people's assemblers.
5232
5233@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5234If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5235assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5236@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5237
5238@node Float
5239@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5240
5241@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5242@cindex @code{float} directive
5243This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5244has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5245@ifset GENERIC
5246The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5247@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5248@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5249@end ifset
5250@ifclear GENERIC
5251@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5252On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5253in @sc{ieee} format.
5254@end ifset
5255@end ifclear
5256
5257@node Func
5258@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5259@cindex @code{func} directive
5260@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5261is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5262Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5263@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5264prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5265@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5266All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5267The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5268
5269@node Global
5270@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5271
5272@cindex @code{global} directive
5273@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5274@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5275@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5276other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5277@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5278from another file linked into the same program.
5279
5280Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5281compatibility with other assemblers.
5282
5283@ifset HPPA
5284On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5285partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5286@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5287@end ifset
5288
c91d2e08 5289@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5290@node Gnu_attribute
5291@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5292Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5293
c91d2e08
NC
5294@node Hidden
5295@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5296
c1253627
NC
5297@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5298@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5299This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5300@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5301@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5302
5303This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5304their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5305@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5306Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5307@end ifset
5308
252b5132
RH
5309@node hword
5310@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5311
5312@cindex @code{hword} directive
5313@cindex integers, 16-bit
5314@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5315@cindex sixteen bit integers
5316This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5317a 16 bit number for each.
5318
5319@ifset GENERIC
5320This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5321architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5322@end ifset
5323@ifclear GENERIC
5324@ifset W32
5325This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5326@end ifset
5327@ifset W16
5328This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5329@end ifset
5330@end ifclear
5331
5332@node Ident
5333@section @code{.ident}
5334
5335@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5336
5337This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5338behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5339a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5340source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5341for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5342@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5343emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5344
5345@node If
5346@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5347
5348@cindex conditional assembly
5349@cindex @code{if} directive
5350@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5351considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5352(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5353the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5354(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5355alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5356If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5357nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5358
5359The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5360@table @code
5361@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5362@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5363Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5364has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5365is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5366
26aca5f6
JB
5367@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5368@item .ifb @var{text}
5369Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5370
252b5132
RH
5371@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5372@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5373Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5374strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5375the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5376end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5377string comparison is case sensitive.
5378
5379@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5380@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5381Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5382
5383@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5384@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5385Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5386
5387@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5388@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5389Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5390equal to zero.
5391
5392@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5393@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5394Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5395
5396@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5397@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5398Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5399to zero.
5400
5401@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5402@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5403Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5404
26aca5f6
JB
5405@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5406@item .ifnb @var{text}
5407Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5408following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5409
252b5132
RH
5410@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5411@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5412Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5413following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5414
5415@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5416@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5417@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5418@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5419Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5420has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5421which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5422
5423@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5424@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5425Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5426(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5427
5428@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5429@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5430Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5431following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5432@end table
5433
7e005732
NC
5434@node Incbin
5435@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5436
5437@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5438@cindex binary files, including
5439The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5440location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5441option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5442around @var{file}.
5443
5444The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5445@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5446read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5447responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5448after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5449
252b5132
RH
5450@node Include
5451@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5452
5453@cindex @code{include} directive
5454@cindex supporting files, including
5455@cindex files, including
5456This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5457points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5458if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5459included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5460can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5461(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5462around @var{file}.
5463
5464@node Int
5465@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5466
5467@cindex @code{int} directive
5468@cindex integers, 32-bit
5469Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5470For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5471expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5472of target the assembly is for.
5473
5474@ifclear GENERIC
5475@ifset H8
7be1c489 5476On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5477integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
547832-bit integers.
5479@end ifset
5480@end ifclear
5481
c91d2e08
NC
5482@ifset ELF
5483@node Internal
5484@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5485
c1253627
NC
5486@cindex @code{internal} directive
5487@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5488This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5489@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5490@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5491
5492This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5493their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5494@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5495(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5496processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5497@end ifset
5498
252b5132
RH
5499@node Irp
5500@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5501
5502@cindex @code{irp} directive
5503Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5504The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5505terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5506set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5507@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5508@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5509sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5510
5511For example, assembling
5512
5513@example
5514 .irp param,1,2,3
5515 move d\param,sp@@-
5516 .endr
5517@end example
5518
5519is equivalent to assembling
5520
5521@example
5522 move d1,sp@@-
5523 move d2,sp@@-
5524 move d3,sp@@-
5525@end example
5526
96e9638b 5527For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5528
252b5132
RH
5529@node Irpc
5530@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5531
5532@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5533Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5534The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5535terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5536@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5537assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5538assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5539@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5540
5541For example, assembling
5542
5543@example
5544 .irpc param,123
5545 move d\param,sp@@-
5546 .endr
5547@end example
5548
5549is equivalent to assembling
5550
5551@example
5552 move d1,sp@@-
5553 move d2,sp@@-
5554 move d3,sp@@-
5555@end example
5556
5e75c3ab
JB
5557For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5558at @xref{Macro}.
5559
252b5132
RH
5560@node Lcomm
5561@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5562
5563@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5564@cindex local common symbols
5565@cindex symbols, local common
5566Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5567denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5568those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5569section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5570is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5571not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5572
5573@ifset GENERIC
5574Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5575argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5576@end ifset
5577
5578@ifset HPPA
5579The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5580@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5581@end ifset
5582
5583@node Lflags
5584@section @code{.lflags}
5585
5586@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5587@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5588assemblers, but ignores it.
5589
5590@ifclear no-line-dir
5591@node Line
5592@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5593
5594@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5595@cindex logical line number
5596@ifset aout-bout
5597Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5598expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5599statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5600reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5601@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5602for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5603@end ifset
5604
252b5132 5605Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5606@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5607when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5608were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5609@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5610
5611Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5612used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5613debugging.
5614@end ifclear
5615
5616@node Linkonce
5617@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5618@cindex COMDAT
5619@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5620@cindex common sections
5621Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5622This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5623but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5624The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5625Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5626unique.
5627
5628This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5629writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5630Executable format used on Windows NT.
5631
5632The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5633following strings. For example:
5634@smallexample
5635.linkonce same_size
5636@end smallexample
5637Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5638
5639@table @code
5640@item discard
5641Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5642
5643@item one_only
5644Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5645
5646@item same_size
5647Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5648
5649@item same_contents
5650Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5651@end table
5652
ccf8a69b
BW
5653@node List
5654@section @code{.list}
5655
5656@cindex @code{list} directive
5657@cindex listing control, turning on
5658Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5659not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5660internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5661counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5662generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5663
5664By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5665@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5666the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5667
252b5132
RH
5668@node Ln
5669@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5670
5671@cindex @code{ln} directive
5672@ifclear no-line-dir
5673@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5674@end ifclear
5675@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5676Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5677must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5678line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5679statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5680line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5681@ifset BOUT
5682
a4fb0134 5683This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5684configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5685output format.
5686@end ifset
5687@end ifset
5688
ccf8a69b
BW
5689@node Loc
5690@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5691@cindex @code{loc} directive
5692When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5693the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5694number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5695instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5696arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5697the row is added.
252b5132 5698
ccf8a69b
BW
5699The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5700
5701@table @code
5702@item basic_block
5703This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5704@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5705
5706@item prologue_end
5707This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5708@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5709
5710@item epilogue_begin
5711This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5712@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5713
5714@item is_stmt @var{value}
5715This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5716@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5717either 0 or 1.
5718
5719@item isa @var{value}
5720This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5721state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5722
92846e72
CC
5723@item discriminator @var{value}
5724This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5725state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5726
ccf8a69b
BW
5727@end table
5728
5729@node Loc_mark_labels
5730@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5731@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5732When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5733the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5734to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5735register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5736The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5737this function respectively.
252b5132 5738
4d4175af
BW
5739@ifset ELF
5740@node Local
5741@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5742
5743@cindex @code{local} directive
5744This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5745the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5746will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5747they will be created.
5748
5749For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5750accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5751the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5752(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5753@end ifset
5754
252b5132
RH
5755@node Long
5756@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5757
5758@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5759@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5760
5761@ignore
5762@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5763@c what it really ought to do
5764@node Lsym
5765@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5766
5767@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5768@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5769@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5770the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5771rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5772the same as the expression value:
5773@smallexample
5774@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5775@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5776@var{value} = @var{expression}
5777@end smallexample
5778@noindent
5779The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5780@end ignore
5781
5782@node Macro
5783@section @code{.macro}
5784
5785@cindex macros
5786The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5787generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5788@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5789
5790@example
5791 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5792 .long \from
5793 .if \to-\from
5794 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5795 .endif
5796 .endm
5797@end example
5798
5799@noindent
5800With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5801
5802@example
5803 .long 0
5804 .long 1
5805 .long 2
5806 .long 3
5807 .long 4
5808 .long 5
5809@end example
5810
5811@ftable @code
5812@item .macro @var{macname}
5813@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5814@cindex @code{macro} directive
5815Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5816definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5817separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5818indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5819@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5820(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5821macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5822cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5823subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5824definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5825
5826@table @code
5827@item .macro comm
5828Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5829arguments.
5830
6258339f 5831@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5832@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5833Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5834which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5835@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5836
5837@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5838Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5839arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5840After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5841@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5842@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5843,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5844@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5845
6eaeac8a
JB
5846@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5847Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5848arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5849not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5850will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5851
252b5132
RH
5852When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5853position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5854@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5855
6258339f
NC
5856@end table
5857
5e75c3ab
JB
5858Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5859as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5860occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5861characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5862(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5863architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5864character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5865replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5866construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5867identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5868this macro definition:
5869
5870@example
5871 .macro label l
5872\l:
5873 .endm
5874@end example
5875
5876might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5877called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5878assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5879identifier.
5880
5881Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5882which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5883for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5884length specifier like this:
5885
5886@example
5887 .macro opcode base length
5888 \base.\length
5889 .endm
5890@end example
5891
5892and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5893instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5894interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5895
5896There are several possible ways around this problem:
5897
5898@table @code
5899@item Insert white space
5900If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5901solution. eg:
5902
5903@example
5904 .macro label l
5905\l :
5906 .endm
5907@end example
5908
5909@item Use @samp{\()}
5910The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5911the following text. eg:
5912
5913@example
5914 .macro opcode base length
5915 \base\().\length
5916 .endm
5917@end example
5918
5919@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5920In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5921used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5922
5923@example
5924 .altmacro
5925 .macro label l
5926l&:
5927 .endm
5928@end example
6258339f 5929@end table
5e75c3ab 5930
96e9638b 5931Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5932also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5933and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5934
252b5132
RH
5935@item .endm
5936@cindex @code{endm} directive
5937Mark the end of a macro definition.
5938
5939@item .exitm
5940@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5941Exit early from the current macro definition.
5942
5943@cindex number of macros executed
5944@cindex macros, count executed
5945@item \@@
a4fb0134 5946@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5947executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5948output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5949
252b5132
RH
5950@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5951@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5952macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5953@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5954@end ftable
252b5132 5955
ccf8a69b
BW
5956@node MRI
5957@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5958
ccf8a69b
BW
5959@cindex @code{mri} directive
5960@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5961If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5962@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5963affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5964of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5965
caa32fe5
NC
5966@node Noaltmacro
5967@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5968Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5969
252b5132
RH
5970@node Nolist
5971@section @code{.nolist}
5972
5973@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5974@cindex listing control, turning off
5975Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5976not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5977internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5978counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5979generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5980
5981@node Octa
5982@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5983
5984@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5985@cindex @code{octa} directive
5986@cindex integer, 16-byte
5987@cindex sixteen byte integer
5988This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5989bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5990
5991The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5992hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5993
9aec2026
NC
5994@node Offset
5995@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5996
5997@cindex @code{offset} directive
5998Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5999be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6000symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6001directive.
9aec2026 6002
252b5132
RH
6003@node Org
6004@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6005
6006@cindex @code{org} directive
6007@cindex location counter, advancing
6008@cindex advancing location counter
6009@cindex current address, advancing
6010Advance the location counter of the current section to
6011@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6012expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6013you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6014wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6015with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6016@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6017is the same as the current subsection.
6018
6019@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6020unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6021backwards.
6022
6023@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6024@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6025@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6026Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6027may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6028a chance to share your improved assembler.
6029
6030Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6031to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6032people's assemblers.
6033
6034When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6035intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6036absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6037@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6038
6039@node P2align
6040@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6041
6042@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6043@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6044Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6045storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6046number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6047advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6048counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6049multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6050
6051The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6052padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6053padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6054marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6055with no-op instructions.
6056
6057The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6058it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6059directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6060specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6061fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6062required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6063with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6064
6065@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6066@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6067The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6068@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6069pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6070fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
60712,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6072filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6073the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6074undefined.
6075
ccf8a69b
BW
6076@ifset ELF
6077@node PopSection
6078@section @code{.popsection}
6079
6080@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6081@cindex Section Stack
6082This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6083@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6084@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6085(@pxref{Previous}).
6086
6087This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6088section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6089stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6090@end ifset
6091
c91d2e08
NC
6092@ifset ELF
6093@node Previous
6094@section @code{.previous}
6095
c1253627 6096@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6097@cindex Section Stack
6098This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6099@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6100@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6101(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6102
6103This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6104referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6105@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6106subsections). For example:
6107
6108@smallexample
6109.section A
6110 .subsection 1
6111 .word 0x1234
6112 .subsection 2
6113 .word 0x5678
6114.previous
6115 .word 0x9abc
6116@end smallexample
6117
6118Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6119section A. Whilst:
6120
6121@smallexample
6122.section A
6123.subsection 1
6124 # Now in section A subsection 1
6125 .word 0x1234
6126.section B
6127.subsection 0
6128 # Now in section B subsection 0
6129 .word 0x5678
6130.subsection 1
6131 # Now in section B subsection 1
6132 .word 0x9abc
6133.previous
6134 # Now in section B subsection 0
6135 .word 0xdef0
6136@end smallexample
6137
6138Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6139section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6140
6141In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6142the top section on the section stack.
6143@end ifset
6144
252b5132
RH
6145@node Print
6146@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6147
6148@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6149@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6150assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6151
c91d2e08
NC
6152@ifset ELF
6153@node Protected
6154@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6155
c1253627
NC
6156@cindex @code{protected} directive
6157@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6158This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6159@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6160
6161This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6162their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6163@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6164components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6165component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6166this.
c91d2e08
NC
6167@end ifset
6168
252b5132
RH
6169@node Psize
6170@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6171
6172@cindex @code{psize} directive
6173@cindex listing control: paper size
6174@cindex paper size, for listings
6175Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6176number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6177
6178If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6179of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6180default width is 200 columns.
6181
a4fb0134 6182@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6183lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6184@code{.eject}).
6185
6186If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6187those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6188
6189@node Purgem
6190@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6191
6192@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6193Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6194expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6195
c91d2e08
NC
6196@ifset ELF
6197@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6198@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6199
c1253627 6200@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6201@cindex Section Stack
6202This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6203@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6204@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6205(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6206
e9863d7f
DJ
6207This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6208top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6209subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6210@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6211as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6212@end ifset
6213
252b5132
RH
6214@node Quad
6215@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6216
6217@cindex @code{quad} directive
6218@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6219each bignum, it emits
6220@ifclear bignum-16
6221an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6222warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6223@cindex eight-byte integer
6224@cindex integer, 8-byte
6225
6226The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6227hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6228@end ifclear
6229@ifset bignum-16
6230a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6231warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6232@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6233@cindex integer, 16-byte
6234@end ifset
6235
05e9452c
AM
6236@node Reloc
6237@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6238
6239@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6240Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6241@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6242the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6243symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6244@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6245absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6246targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6247relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6248section.
6249
252b5132
RH
6250@node Rept
6251@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6252
6253@cindex @code{rept} directive
6254Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6255@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6256
6257For example, assembling
6258
6259@example
6260 .rept 3
6261 .long 0
6262 .endr
6263@end example
6264
6265is equivalent to assembling
6266
6267@example
6268 .long 0
6269 .long 0
6270 .long 0
6271@end example
6272
6273@node Sbttl
6274@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6275
6276@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6277@cindex subtitles for listings
6278@cindex listing control: subtitle
6279Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6280title line) when generating assembly listings.
6281
6282This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6283it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6284
6285@ifset COFF
6286@node Scl
6287@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6288
6289@cindex @code{scl} directive
6290@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6291@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6292Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6293used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6294whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6295symbolic debugging information.
6296@ifset BOUT
6297
6298The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6299configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6300accepts this directive but ignores it.
6301@end ifset
6302@end ifset
6303
c1253627 6304@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6305@node Section
c1253627 6306@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6307
252b5132
RH
6308@cindex named section
6309Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6310named @var{name}.
6311
6312This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6313named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6314with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6315
c1253627
NC
6316@ifset COFF
6317@ifset ELF
6318@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6319@subheading COFF Version
6320@end ifset
6321
6322@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6323For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6324ways:
c91d2e08 6325
252b5132
RH
6326@smallexample
6327.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6328.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6329@end smallexample
6330
6331If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6332section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6333
252b5132
RH
6334@table @code
6335@item b
6336bss section (uninitialized data)
6337@item n
6338section is not loaded
6339@item w
6340writable section
6341@item d
6342data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6343@item e
6344exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6345@item r
6346read-only section
6347@item x
6348executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6349@item s
6350shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6351@item a
6352ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6353@item y
6354section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6355@item 0-9
6356single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6357@end table
6358
6359If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6360the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6361loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6362from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6363will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6364
6365If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6366taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6367@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6368
6369@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6370@ifset COFF
6371@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6372@subheading ELF Version
6373@end ifset
6374
c91d2e08
NC
6375@cindex Section Stack
6376This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6377@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6378(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6379@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6380
c1253627 6381@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6382For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6383
252b5132 6384@smallexample
7047dd1e 6385.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6386@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6387
451133ce
NP
6388@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6389@kindex --sectname-subst
6390@cindex section name substitution
6391If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6392argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6393at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6394
6395@smallexample
6396.macro exception_code
6397.section %S.exception
6398[exception code here]
6399.previous
6400.endm
6401
6402.text
6403[code]
6404exception_code
6405[...]
6406
6407.section .init
6408[init code]
6409exception_code
6410[...]
6411@end smallexample
6412
6413The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6414@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6415This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6416tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6417need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6418macros just for that purpose.
6419
252b5132 6420The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6421combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6422
252b5132
RH
6423@table @code
6424@item a
6425section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6426@item e
6427section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6428@item w
6429section is writable
6430@item x
6431section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6432@item M
6433section is mergeable
6434@item S
6435section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6436@item G
6437section is a member of a section group
6438@item T
6439section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6440@item ?
6441section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6442@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6443a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6444field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6445also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6446resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6447@item @code{<target specific>}
6448some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6449@end table
6450
9fb71ee4
NC
6451Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6452a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6453flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6454@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6455(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6456section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6457
252b5132 6458The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6459
252b5132
RH
6460@table @code
6461@item @@progbits
6462section contains data
6463@item @@nobits
6464section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6465@item @@note
6466section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6467@item @@init_array
6468section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6469@item @@fini_array
6470section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6471@item @@preinit_array
6472section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6473@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6474a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6475@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6476some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6477@end table
6478
9fb71ee4
NC
6479Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6480enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6481
ececec60
NC
6482Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6483ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6484@code{%} character.
6485
9fb71ee4
NC
6486Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6487special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6488type will generate an error from the assembler.
6489
22fe14ad 6490If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6491be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6492
6493@smallexample
6494.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6495@end smallexample
6496
6497Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6498constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6499@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6500@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6501the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6502absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6503which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6504@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6505@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6506
6507If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6508be present along with an additional field like this:
6509
6510@smallexample
6511.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6512@end smallexample
6513
6514The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6515particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6516
22fe14ad
NC
6517@table @code
6518@item comdat
6519indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6520@item .gnu.linkonce
6521an alias for comdat
6522@end table
6523
96e9638b 6524Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6525the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6526
6527@smallexample
6528.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6529@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6530
01642c12
RM
6531If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6532@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6533present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6534this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6535@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6536If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6537
252b5132
RH
6538If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6539the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6540none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6541executable. The section will contain data.
6542
6543For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6544directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6545
252b5132
RH
6546@smallexample
6547.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6548@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6549
252b5132
RH
6550Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6551separated flags:
eda683bb 6552
252b5132
RH
6553@table @code
6554@item #alloc
6555section is allocatable
6556@item #write
6557section is writable
6558@item #execinstr
6559section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6560@item #exclude
6561section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6562@item #tls
6563section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6564@end table
c91d2e08 6565
e9863d7f
DJ
6566This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6567contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6568some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6569work.
c1253627
NC
6570@end ifset
6571@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6572
6573@node Set
6574@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6575
6576@cindex @code{set} directive
6577@cindex symbol value, setting
6578Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6579changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6580@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6581flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6582
5d239759
NC
6583You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6584values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6585involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6586being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6587addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6588final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6589the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6590different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6591
6592If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6593file is the last value stored into it.
6594
3c9b82ba
NC
6595@ifset Z80
6596On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6597@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6598@end ifset
6599
252b5132
RH
6600@node Short
6601@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6602
6603@cindex @code{short} directive
6604@ifset GENERIC
6605@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6606@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6607
6608In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6609numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6610@end ifset
6611@ifclear GENERIC
6612@ifset W16
6613@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6614@end ifset
6615@ifset W32
6616This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6617a 16 bit number for each.
6618@end ifset
6619@end ifclear
6620
6621@node Single
6622@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6623
6624@cindex @code{single} directive
6625@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6626This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6627has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6628@ifset GENERIC
6629The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6630@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6631@end ifset
6632@ifclear GENERIC
6633@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6634On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6635numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6636@end ifset
6637@end ifclear
6638
c1253627 6639@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6640@node Size
c1253627 6641@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6642
c1253627
NC
6643This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6644
6645@ifset COFF
6646@ifset ELF
6647@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6648@subheading COFF Version
6649@end ifset
6650
6651@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6652For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6653@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6654
6655@smallexample
6656.size @var{expression}
6657@end smallexample
252b5132 6658
c91d2e08 6659@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6660@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6661@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6662ignores it.
6663@end ifset
c1253627 6664@end ifset
c91d2e08 6665
c1253627
NC
6666@ifset ELF
6667@ifset COFF
6668@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6669@subheading ELF Version
6670@end ifset
6671
6672@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6673For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6674
c1253627
NC
6675@smallexample
6676.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6677@end smallexample
6678
6679This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6680The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6681arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6682symbols.
c1253627
NC
6683@end ifset
6684@end ifset
252b5132 6685
252b5132
RH
6686@ifclear no-space-dir
6687@node Skip
6688@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6689
6690@cindex @code{skip} directive
6691@cindex filling memory
6692This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6693@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6694@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6695@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6696@end ifclear
252b5132 6697
ccf8a69b
BW
6698@node Sleb128
6699@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6700
6701@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6702@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6703compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6704symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6705
884f0d36 6706@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6707@node Space
6708@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6709
6710@cindex @code{space} directive
6711@cindex filling memory
6712This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6713@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6714and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6715as @samp{.skip}.
6716
6717@ifset HPPA
6718@quotation
6719@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6720targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6721Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6722@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6723for a summary.
6724@end quotation
6725@end ifset
6726@end ifclear
6727
252b5132
RH
6728@ifset have-stabs
6729@node Stab
6730@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6731
6732@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6733@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6734There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6735All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6736The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6737cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6738Up to five fields are required:
6739
6740@table @var
6741@item string
6742This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6743@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6744debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6745using this field.
6746
6747@item type
6748An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6749this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6750and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6751
6752@item other
6753An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6754low 8 bits of this expression.
6755
6756@item desc
6757An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6758bits of this expression.
6759
6760@item value
6761An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6762@end table
6763
6764If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6765or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6766you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6767compatible with earlier assemblers!
6768
6769@table @code
6770@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6771@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6772
6773The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6774It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6775null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6776strings.
6777
6778The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6779relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6780is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6781assembled.
6782
6783@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6784@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6785The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6786
6787@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6788@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6789All five fields are specified.
6790@end table
6791@end ifset
6792@c end have-stabs
6793
6794@node String
38a57ae7 6795@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6796"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6797
6798@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6799@cindex string8, copying to object file
6800@cindex string16, copying to object file
6801@cindex string32, copying to object file
6802@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6803@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6804@cindex @code{string8} directive
6805@cindex @code{string16} directive
6806@cindex @code{string32} directive
6807@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6808
6809Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6810one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6811particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6812You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6813
01642c12 6814The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6815the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6816copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6817are stored in target endianness byte order.
6818
6819Example:
6820@smallexample
6821 .string32 "BYE"
6822expands to:
6823 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6824 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6825@end smallexample
6826
6827
252b5132
RH
6828@node Struct
6829@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6830
6831@cindex @code{struct} directive
6832Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6833which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6834@smallexample
6835 .struct 0
6836field1:
6837 .struct field1 + 4
6838field2:
6839 .struct field2 + 4
6840field3:
6841@end smallexample
6842This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6843@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6844value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6845use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6846before further assembly.
6847
c91d2e08
NC
6848@ifset ELF
6849@node SubSection
6850@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6851
c1253627 6852@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6853@cindex Section Stack
6854This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6855@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6856@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6857(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6858
6859This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6860section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6861in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6862@end ifset
6863
252b5132
RH
6864@ifset ELF
6865@node Symver
6866@section @code{.symver}
6867@cindex @code{symver} directive
6868@cindex symbol versioning
6869@cindex versions of symbols
6870Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6871within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6872typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6873There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6874into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6875shared library.
6876
79082ff0 6877For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6878@smallexample
6879.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6880@end smallexample
339681c0 6881If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6882being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6883alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6884just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6885permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6886of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6887itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6888have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6889file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6890function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6891the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6892building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6893symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6894nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6895
6896If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6897references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6898reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6899symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6900
6901Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6902@smallexample
6903.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6904@end smallexample
6905In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6906the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6907difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6908references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6909
6910The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6911@smallexample
6912.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6913@end smallexample
6914When @var{name} is not defined within the
6915file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6916@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6917name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6918@end ifset
6919
6920@ifset COFF
6921@node Tag
6922@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6923
6924@cindex COFF structure debugging
6925@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6926@cindex @code{tag} directive
6927This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6928information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6929@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6930definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6931@ifset BOUT
6932
6933@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6934@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6935ignores it.
6936@end ifset
6937@end ifset
6938
6939@node Text
6940@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6941
6942@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6943Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6944the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6945expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6946is used.
6947
6948@node Title
6949@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6950
6951@cindex @code{title} directive
6952@cindex listing control: title line
6953Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6954source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6955
6956This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6957it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6958
c1253627 6959@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6960@node Type
c1253627
NC
6961@section @code{.type}
6962
6963This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6964
6965@ifset COFF
6966@ifset ELF
6967@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6968@subheading COFF Version
6969@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6970
6971@cindex COFF symbol type
6972@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6973@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6974For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6975@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6976
6977@smallexample
6978.type @var{int}
6979@end smallexample
6980
6981This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6982entry.
252b5132 6983
c91d2e08 6984@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6985@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6986@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6987directive but ignores it.
6988@end ifset
c1253627 6989@end ifset
c91d2e08 6990
c1253627
NC
6991@ifset ELF
6992@ifset COFF
6993@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6994@subheading ELF Version
6995@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6996
6997@cindex ELF symbol type
6998@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6999@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7000For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7001
7002@smallexample
7003.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7004@end smallexample
7005
7006This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7007function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7008supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7009compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7010
7011Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7012@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7013below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7014the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7015maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7016assemblers.
7017
7018The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7019
7020@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7021 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7022 .type <name>,#<type>
7023 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7024 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7025 .type <name>,"<type>"
7026@end smallexample
7027
7028The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7029
5671778d
NC
7030@table @gcctabopt
7031@item STT_FUNC
7032@itemx function
7033Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7034
d8045f23
NC
7035@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7036@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7037Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7038processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7039
5671778d
NC
7040@item STT_OBJECT
7041@itemx object
7042Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7043
7044@item STT_TLS
7045@itemx tls_object
7046Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7047
7048@item STT_COMMON
7049@itemx common
7050Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7051
7052@item STT_NOTYPE
7053@itemx notype
7054Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7055
3e7a7d11
NC
7056@item gnu_unique_object
7057Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7058will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7059name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7060systems).
3e7a7d11 7061
5671778d
NC
7062@end table
7063
7064Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7065
c1253627
NC
7066@end ifset
7067@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7068
7069@node Uleb128
7070@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7071
7072@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7073@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7074compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7075symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7076
7077@ifset COFF
7078@node Val
7079@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7080
7081@cindex @code{val} directive
7082@cindex COFF value attribute
7083@cindex value attribute, COFF
7084This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7085records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7086entry.
7087@ifset BOUT
7088
a4fb0134 7089@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7090configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7091@end ifset
7092@end ifset
7093
2e13b764 7094@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7095@node Version
7096@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7097
c1253627 7098@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7099This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7100formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7101@end ifset
2e13b764 7102
c91d2e08
NC
7103@ifset ELF
7104@node VTableEntry
7105@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7106
653cfe85 7107@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7108This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7109@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7110
c91d2e08
NC
7111@node VTableInherit
7112@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7113
653cfe85 7114@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7115This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7116@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7117parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7118parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7119@end ifset
2e13b764 7120
d190d046
HPN
7121@node Warning
7122@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7123@cindex warning directive
7124Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7125(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7126
c91d2e08
NC
7127@node Weak
7128@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7129
c1253627 7130@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7131This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7132@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7133
01642c12 7134On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7135directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7136@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7137
977cdf5a 7138On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7139When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7140alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7141
06e77878
AO
7142@node Weakref
7143@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7144
7145@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7146This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7147be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7148If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7149will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7150symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7151
7152The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7153assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7154symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7155resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7156had the references to the alias removed.
7157
7158The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7159within the assembler.
7160
252b5132
RH
7161@node Word
7162@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7163
7164@cindex @code{word} directive
7165This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7166separated by commas.
7167@ifclear GENERIC
7168@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7169For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7170@end ifset
7171@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7172For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7173@end ifset
7174@end ifclear
7175@ifset GENERIC
7176
7177The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7178depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7179@end ifset
7180
7181@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7182@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7183@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7184@cindex difference tables altered
7185@cindex altered difference tables
7186@quotation
7187@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7188@end quotation
7189
7190@ifset GENERIC
7191Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7192addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7193interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7194@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7195
7196@end ifset
7197In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7198@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7199Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7200compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7201directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7202@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7203creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7204This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7205first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7206of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7207table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7208contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7209@code{sym2}.
7210
7211If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7212secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7213@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7214long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7215and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7216minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7217entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7218
7219@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7220@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7221@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7222assembly language programmers.
7223@end ifset
7224@end ifset
7225@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7226
7ce98c16
NC
7227@ifclear no-space-dir
7228@node Zero
7229@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7230
7231@cindex @code{zero} directive
7232@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7233This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7234expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7235so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7236instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7237@end ifclear
7238
252b5132
RH
7239@node Deprecated
7240@section Deprecated Directives
7241
7242@cindex deprecated directives
7243@cindex obsolescent directives
7244One day these directives won't work.
7245They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7246@table @t
7247@item .abort
7248@item .line
7249@end table
7250
3a99f02f
DJ
7251@ifset ELF
7252@node Object Attributes
7253@chapter Object Attributes
7254@cindex object attributes
7255
7256@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7257into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7258Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7259point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7260requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7261passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7262hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7263generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7264newer generation at run-time.
7265
7266This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7267@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7268time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7269correctly.
7270
7271Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7272attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7273string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7274and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7275or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7276attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7277
7278Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7279The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7280
7281@menu
7282* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7283* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7284@end menu
7285
7286@node GNU Object Attributes
7287@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7288
7289The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7290with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7291
7292Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7293its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7294an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
72952} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7296architecture-dependent ones.
7297
7298@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7299
7300These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7301
7302@table @r
7303@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7304The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7305the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7306then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7307than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7308arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7309@end table
7310
7311@subsection MIPS Attributes
7312
7313@table @r
7314@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7315The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7316
7317@itemize @bullet
7318@item
73190 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7320@item
f179c512
MF
73211 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7322double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7323@item
73242 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7325@item
73263 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7327@item
f179c512
MF
73284 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7329floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7330number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7331@item
73325 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7333with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7334general-purpose registers.
7335@item
73366 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7337registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7338@item
73397 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7340registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7341direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7342@end itemize
7343@end table
7344
7345@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7346
7347@table @r
7348@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7349The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7350
7351@itemize @bullet
7352@item
73530 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7354@item
3c7b9897 73551 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7356@item
73572 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7358@item
73593 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7360@end itemize
7361
7362@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7363The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7364
7365@itemize @bullet
7366@item
73670 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7368@item
73691 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7370@item
73712 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7372@item
73733 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7374@end itemize
7375@end table
7376
643f7afb
AK
7377@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7378
7379@table @r
7380@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7381The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7382
7383@itemize @bullet
7384@item
73850 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7386@item
73871 for files using software vector ABI.
7388@item
73892 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7390@end itemize
7391@end table
7392
3a99f02f
DJ
7393@node Defining New Object Attributes
7394@section Defining New Object Attributes
7395
7396If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7397will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7398mailing list.
7399
7400@itemize @bullet
7401@item
7402This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7403@item
7404The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7405@item
7406The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7407and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7408@item
7409Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7410@item
7411@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7412@item
7413GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7414@end itemize
7415
7416@end ifset
7417
252b5132
RH
7418@ifset GENERIC
7419@node Machine Dependencies
7420@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7421
7422@cindex machine dependencies
7423The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7424each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7425vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7426directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7427assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7428@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7429optimization.
7430
7431This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7432include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7433subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7434
7435@menu
a06ea964
NC
7436@ifset AARCH64
7437* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7439@ifset ALPHA
7440* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7442@ifset ARC
7443* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7444@end ifset
7445@ifset ARM
7446* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7448@ifset AVR
7449* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7450@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7451@ifset Blackfin
7452* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7453@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7454@ifset CR16
7455* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
8bf549a8 7457@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7458* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7460@ifset D10V
7461* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
7463@ifset D30V
7464* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7465@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7466@ifset EPIPHANY
7467* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7468@end ifset
252b5132 7469@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7470* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7471@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7472@ifset HPPA
7473* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7474@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7475@ifset I370
7476* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7477@end ifset
252b5132 7478@ifset I80386
55b62671 7479* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7480@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7481@ifset I860
7482* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7483@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7484@ifset I960
7485* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7486@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7487@ifset IA64
7488* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7489@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7490@ifset IP2K
7491* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7492@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7493@ifset LM32
7494* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7496@ifset M32C
7497* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7499@ifset M32R
7500* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7502@ifset M680X0
7503* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7504@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7505@ifset M68HC11
7506* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7508@ifset METAG
7509* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7511@ifset MICROBLAZE
7512* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7514@ifset MIPS
7515* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7517@ifset MMIX
7518* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7520@ifset MSP430
7521* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7522@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7523@ifset NDS32
7524* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7526@ifset NIOSII
7527* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7529@ifset NS32K
7530* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7531@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7532@ifset PDP11
7533* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7535@ifset PJ
7536* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7537@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7538@ifset PPC
7539* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7540@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7541@ifset RL78
7542* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7544@ifset RX
7545* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7546@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7547@ifset S390
7548* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7550@ifset SCORE
7551* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7553@ifset SH
7554* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7555* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7556@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7557@ifset SPARC
7558* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7559@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7560@ifset TIC54X
7561* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7562@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7563@ifset TIC6X
7564* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7565@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7566@ifset TILEGX
7567* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7568@end ifset
7569@ifset TILEPRO
7570* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7571@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7572@ifset V850
7573* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7575@ifset VAX
7576* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7577@end ifset
7578@ifset VISIUM
7579* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7581@ifset XGATE
7582* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7583@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7584@ifset XSTORMY16
7585* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7587@ifset XTENSA
7588* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7590@ifset Z80
7591* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7593@ifset Z8000
7594* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7596@end menu
7597
7598@lowersections
7599@end ifset
7600
7601@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7602@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7603@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7604@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7605@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7606@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7607@c in both conditional blocks.
7608
a06ea964
NC
7609@ifset AARCH64
7610@include c-aarch64.texi
7611@end ifset
7612
625e1353
RH
7613@ifset ALPHA
7614@include c-alpha.texi
7615@end ifset
7616
7617@ifset ARC
7618@include c-arc.texi
7619@end ifset
7620
252b5132
RH
7621@ifset ARM
7622@include c-arm.texi
7623@end ifset
7624
8473f7a4
DC
7625@ifset AVR
7626@include c-avr.texi
7627@end ifset
7628
3b4e1885 7629@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7630@include c-bfin.texi
7631@end ifset
7632
3d3d428f
NC
7633@ifset CR16
7634@include c-cr16.texi
7635@end ifset
7636
328eb32e
HPN
7637@ifset CRIS
7638@include c-cris.texi
7639@end ifset
7640
c2dcd04e 7641@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7642@ifclear GENERIC
7643@node Machine Dependencies
7644@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7645
c2dcd04e 7646The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7647and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7648chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7649family.
7650
7651@menu
c2dcd04e 7652* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7653* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7654@end menu
7655@lowersections
7656@end ifclear
7657@end ifset
7658
7659@ifset D10V
7660@include c-d10v.texi
7661@end ifset
7662
7663@ifset D30V
7664@include c-d30v.texi
7665@end ifset
7666
cfb8c092
NC
7667@ifset EPIPHANY
7668@include c-epiphany.texi
7669@end ifset
7670
252b5132
RH
7671@ifset H8/300
7672@include c-h8300.texi
7673@end ifset
7674
252b5132
RH
7675@ifset HPPA
7676@include c-hppa.texi
7677@end ifset
7678
5b93d8bb
AM
7679@ifset I370
7680@include c-i370.texi
7681@end ifset
7682
252b5132
RH
7683@ifset I80386
7684@include c-i386.texi
7685@end ifset
7686
e3308d0d
JE
7687@ifset I860
7688@include c-i860.texi
7689@end ifset
7690
252b5132
RH
7691@ifset I960
7692@include c-i960.texi
7693@end ifset
7694
9e32ca89
NC
7695@ifset IA64
7696@include c-ia64.texi
7697@end ifset
7698
a40cbfa3
NC
7699@ifset IP2K
7700@include c-ip2k.texi
7701@end ifset
7702
84e94c90
NC
7703@ifset LM32
7704@include c-lm32.texi
7705@end ifset
7706
49f58d10
JB
7707@ifset M32C
7708@include c-m32c.texi
7709@end ifset
7710
ec694b89
NC
7711@ifset M32R
7712@include c-m32r.texi
7713@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7714
7715@ifset M680X0
7716@include c-m68k.texi
7717@end ifset
7718
60bcf0fa
NC
7719@ifset M68HC11
7720@include c-m68hc11.texi
7721@end ifset
7722
a3c62988
NC
7723@ifset METAG
7724@include c-metag.texi
7725@end ifset
7726
01642c12 7727@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7728@include c-microblaze.texi
7729@end ifset
7730
252b5132
RH
7731@ifset MIPS
7732@include c-mips.texi
7733@end ifset
7734
3c3bdf30
NC
7735@ifset MMIX
7736@include c-mmix.texi
7737@end ifset
7738
2469cfa2
NC
7739@ifset MSP430
7740@include c-msp430.texi
7741@end ifset
7742
35c08157
KLC
7743@ifset NDS32
7744@include c-nds32.texi
7745@end ifset
7746
36591ba1
SL
7747@ifset NIOSII
7748@include c-nios2.texi
7749@end ifset
7750
252b5132
RH
7751@ifset NS32K
7752@include c-ns32k.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
e135f41b
NC
7755@ifset PDP11
7756@include c-pdp11.texi
7757@end ifset
7758
041dd5a9
ILT
7759@ifset PJ
7760@include c-pj.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
418c1742
MG
7763@ifset PPC
7764@include c-ppc.texi
7765@end ifset
7766
99c513f6
DD
7767@ifset RL78
7768@include c-rl78.texi
7769@end ifset
7770
046d31c2
NC
7771@ifset RX
7772@include c-rx.texi
7773@end ifset
7774
11c19e16
MS
7775@ifset S390
7776@include c-s390.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
c0157db4
NC
7779@ifset SCORE
7780@include c-score.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
252b5132
RH
7783@ifset SH
7784@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7785@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7786@end ifset
7787
7788@ifset SPARC
7789@include c-sparc.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
39bec121
TW
7792@ifset TIC54X
7793@include c-tic54x.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
40b36596
JM
7796@ifset TIC6X
7797@include c-tic6x.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
aa137e4d
NC
7800@ifset TILEGX
7801@include c-tilegx.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
7804@ifset TILEPRO
7805@include c-tilepro.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
b6605ddd
EB
7808@ifset V850
7809@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7810@end ifset
7811
7812@ifset VAX
7813@include c-vax.texi
7814@end ifset
7815
b6605ddd
EB
7816@ifset VISIUM
7817@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7818@end ifset
7819
f6c1a2d5
NC
7820@ifset XGATE
7821@include c-xgate.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
6753e72f
NC
7824@ifset XSTORMY16
7825@include c-xstormy16.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
e0001a05
NC
7828@ifset XTENSA
7829@include c-xtensa.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
b6605ddd
EB
7832@ifset Z80
7833@include c-z80.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
7836@ifset Z8000
7837@include c-z8k.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
252b5132
RH
7840@ifset GENERIC
7841@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7842@raisesections
7843@end ifset
7844
7845@node Reporting Bugs
7846@chapter Reporting Bugs
7847@cindex bugs in assembler
7848@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7849
a4fb0134 7850Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7851
7852Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7853not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7854entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7855Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7856
7857In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7858information that enables us to fix the bug.
7859
7860@menu
7861* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7862* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7863@end menu
7864
7865@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7866@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7867@cindex bug criteria
7868
7869If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7870
7871@itemize @bullet
7872@cindex fatal signal
7873@cindex assembler crash
7874@cindex crash of assembler
7875@item
7876If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7877@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7878
7879@cindex error on valid input
7880@item
a4fb0134 7881If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7882
7883@cindex invalid input
7884@item
a4fb0134 7885If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7886is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7887be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7888
7889@item
7890If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7891of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7892@end itemize
7893
7894@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7895@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7896@cindex bug reports
7897@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7898
7899A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7900you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7901contact that organization first.
7902
7903You can find contact information for many support companies and
7904individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7905distribution.
7906
ad22bfe8 7907@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7908In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7909to @value{BUGURL}.
7910@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7911
7912The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7913@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7914fact or leave it out, state it!
7915
7916Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7917and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7918name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7919not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7920happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7921perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7922the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7923give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7924and the most helpful.
7925
7926Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7927it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7928that the bug has not been reported previously.
7929
7930Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7931bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7932respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7933You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7934
7935To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7936
7937@itemize @bullet
7938@item
a4fb0134 7939The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7940it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7941
7942Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7943the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7944
7945@item
a4fb0134 7946Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7947
7948@item
7949The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7950version number.
7951
7952@item
a4fb0134 7953What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7954``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7955
7956@item
7957The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7958observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7959all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7960
7961If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7962and then we might not encounter the bug.
7963
7964@item
7965A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7966the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7967high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7968when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7969the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7970file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7971@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7972
7973@item
7974A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7975incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7976
a4fb0134 7977Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7978will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7979notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7980make a mistake.
7981
7982Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7983explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7984@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7985library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7986would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7987would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7988expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7989observations.
7990
7991@item
a4fb0134 7992If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7993diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7994option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7995discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7996by line number.
7997
7998The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7999sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8000@end itemize
8001
8002Here are some things that are not necessary:
8003
8004@itemize @bullet
8005@item
8006A description of the envelope of the bug.
8007
8008Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8009which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8010changes will not affect it.
8011
8012This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8013will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8014with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8015We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8016
8017Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8018of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8019output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8020less time, and so on.
8021
8022However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8023report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8024
8025@item
8026A patch for the bug.
8027
8028A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8029the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8030a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8031to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8032
a4fb0134 8033Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8034construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8035the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8036one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8037
8038And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8039patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8040help us to understand.
8041
8042@item
8043A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8044
8045Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8046things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8047@end itemize
8048
8049@node Acknowledgements
8050@chapter Acknowledgements
8051
653cfe85 8052If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8053it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8054maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8055@c (October 2012),
8056the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8057
8058Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8059more details?}
8060
8061Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8062information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8063extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8064
8065K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8066many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8067up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8068testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8069including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8070and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8071support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8072port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8073file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8074assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8075
8076Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8077in format-specific I/O modules.
8078
8079The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8080has done much work with it since.
8081
8082The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8083
8084Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8085
8086The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8087University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8088
8089Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8090(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8091(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8092support a.out format.
8093
7be1c489
AM
8094Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8095tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8096Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8097use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8098targets.
8099
8100John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8101simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8102updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8103fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8104remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8105cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8106required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8107
8108Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
810968k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8110added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8111PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8112
653cfe85 8113Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8114
8115Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8116
8117Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8118along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8119formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8120the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8121
8122Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8123Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8124Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8125Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8126and some initial 64-bit support).
8127
c1253627 8128Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8129
252b5132
RH
8130Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8131support for openVMS/Alpha.
8132
39bec121
TW
8133Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8134flavors.
8135
e0001a05 8136David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8137Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8138
252b5132
RH
8139Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8140configuration enhancements.
8141
84e94c90
NC
8142Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8143
252b5132
RH
8144Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8145you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8146want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8147intentionally leaving anyone out.
8148
793c5807
NC
8149@node GNU Free Documentation License
8150@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8151@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8152
370b66a1
CD
8153@node AS Index
8154@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8155
8156@printindex cp
8157
252b5132
RH
8158@bye
8159@c Local Variables:
8160@c fill-column: 79
8161@c End:
This page took 1.286985 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.